This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create taggtranslator-1-0-2

'gtranslator-1-0-2'.

svn path=/tags/gtranslator-1-0-2/; revision=3398

112 files changed, 0 insertions, 16919 deletions

diff --git a/.cvsignore b/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index d5005265..00000000
--- a/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-Makefile
-aclocal.m4
-autom4te.cache
-config.guess
-config.h.in
-config.sub
-configure
-ltconfig
-ltmain.sh
-config.log
-config.h
-config.cache
-libtool
-config.status
-stamp-h
-stamp.h
-gnome-common.spec
diff --git a/AUTHORS b/AUTHORS
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29b..00000000
--- a/AUTHORS
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index 85fbc6d0..00000000
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-=== gnome-common 2.4.0 ===
-
-2003-10-02  Malcolm Tredinnick <malcolm@commsecure.com.au>
-
-	* doc-build/Makefile.am: Distribute README in place of the
-	non-existent ChangeLog. Doh!
-
-	* autogen.sh: Use the GNOME 2 autogen.sh script by default.
-	* configure.in: Version number bumped.
-
-2003-08-23  Marco Pesenti Gritti  <marco@gnome.org>
-
-	* macros2/compiler-flags.m4:
-
-	Define WARN_CXXFLAGS instead of overwriting
-	CXXFLAGS (like WARN_FLAGS).
-
-2003-07-04  Frederic Crozat  <fcrozat@mandrakesoft.com>
-
-	* macros2/compiler-flags.m4: don't use -Wsign-promo, it is 
-	C++ only and causes warnings with gcc 3.3 when used on C.
-
-2003-06-24  Marco Pesenti Gritti  <marco@it.gnome.org>
-
-	* macros2/autogen.sh:
-
-	Remove --enable-compile-warnings from the default arguments
-	passed to configure because it break GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS
-	macro.
-
-2003-05-24  Malcolm Tredinnick <malcolm@commsecure.com.au>
-
-	* MAINTAINERS: Put myself in as maintainer.
-
-	* configure.in: Bump the version number to 2.3.0
-
-	* configure.in, Makefile.am, macros2/autogen.sh, doc-build/*:
-	Add in the infrastructure to allow user documentatin to be built
-	from some common files. This will not affect existing packages.
-	The changes required to use this are given in doc-build/README.
-
-2003-02-26  Frederic Crozat  <fcrozat@mandrakesoft.com>
-
-	* macros2/autogen.sh: set WANT_AUTOCONF_2_5 variable to tell 
-	Mandrake autoconf wrapper we want to check if autoconf 2.5x is here..
-
-2003-02-18  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>
-
-	* configure.in : Don't depend on a file that James just deleted
-
-2002-12-12  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>
-
-	* macros2/gnome-common.m4 (GNOME_DEBUG_CHECK) : now that autoconf-2.52
-	  is a prereq for things the build broke on the use of
-	      AC_DEFINE(GNOME_ENABLE_DEBUG) 
-	  without the additional arguments.
-
-2001-12-11  Anders Carlsson  <andersca@gnu.org>
-
-	* configure.in: Up to 1.2.4.
-
-2001-09-20 Glynn Foster <glynn.foster@sun.com>
-
-	* macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4: replaced  
-	GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_MODULES with  PKG_CHECK_MODULES
-
-2001-08-02  Michael Meeks  <michael@ximian.com>
-
-	* Version 1.2.3
-
-2001-07-26  Darin Adler  <darin@bentspoon.com>
-
-	* configure.in: Point to the new home of pkgconfig at
-	www.freedesktop.org instead of "sourceforce.net" [sic].
-
-2001-07-26  Darin Adler  <darin@bentspoon.com>
-
-	* doc/usage.txt: Point to the new home of pkgconfig at
-	www.freedesktop.org.
-
-2001-07-12  Darin Adler  <darin@bentspoon.com>
-
-	* configure.in: Remove AC_ARG_PROGRAM, because AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
-	already takes care of that.
-
-2001-05-22  Darin Adler  <darin@eazel.com>
-
-	* hack-macros/gnome.m4: Add BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL for
-	compatibility with the new gettext.
-	
-2001-04-16  Darin Adler  <darin@eazel.com>
-
-	* gnome-common.spec.in: A cut at updating the spec file now that
-	the pkgconfig stuff and support stuff has gone away.
-
-2001-04-14  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	* gnome-common.pc.in, gnome-common-2.0.pc.in: Removed.
-
-	* configure.in: Set version number to 1.2.2.
-	(--enable-platform-gnome-2): Removed this command line argument;
-	this package is now the same for GNOME 1.x and GNOME 2.0.
-
-	* acinclude.m4: Removed.
-	* acconfig.h: Removed.
-
-	* support/: We don't build this directory anymore; the GNOME 1.x
-	version of it is in gnome-libs/support and the GNOME 2.0 one is in
-	libgnomebase/libgnomesupport.
-
-2001-03-26  Robin * Slomkowski  <rslomkow@eazel.com>
-
-	* Makefile.am: added gnome-common.spec.in to EXTRA_DISTS
-	* configure.in: added gnome-common.spec.in
-	* gnome-common.spec: removed from repository as it appeared
-                             generic
-	* gnome-common.spec.in: new spec file using Martin's suggestions
-
-2000-12-01  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	Released gnome-common 1.2.1.
-
-2000-11-21  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* configure.in: Set version number to 1.2.1.
-
-	* configure.in (--enable-platform-gnome-2): New configure
-	command line argument to enable support for the GNOME 2.x
-	platform.
-	(PLATFORM_GNOME_2): New automake conditional.
-	* Do the GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS here if we're on the GNOME 2.x
-	platform.
-
-	* Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Conditionally add support for the
-	GNOME 2.x platform.
-
-	* acinclude.m4: New file. Put stuff from gnome-support.m4
-	and need-declaration.m4 here.
-
-2000-05-29  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	* configure.in: Set version number to 1.2.0.
-
-1998-02-19  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* autogen.sh: New sample file.
-	* configure.in: Likewise.
-	* Makefile.am: Likewise.
-	* README: Likewise.
-
diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c941851..00000000
--- a/MAINTAINERS
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-Malcolm Tredinnick <malcolm@commsecure.com.au>
diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 8abfc479..00000000
--- a/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-SUBDIRS = bin macros macros2 doc doc-build
-
-EXTRA_DIST = gnome-common.spec
-
-
diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29b..00000000
--- a/NEWS
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/README b/README
deleted file mode 100644
index 611a0a05..00000000
--- a/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-This directory contains sample files that should be in pretty much every
-GNOME application.
-
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-To make this work both for GNOME Applications inside and outside the
-GNOME CVS Tree I did the following:
-
-* There is an `INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON' automake conditional which is defined
-  in two places:
-
-  - macros/aclocal-includes.m4 defines this to always be false.
-
-  - gnome-common/configure.in does not include anything from macros and
-    defines this to be true.
-
-* We use this automake conditional in the macros/Makefile.am to install
-  $(MACROS), autogen.sh, gnome-common.m4 and a newly created gnome-macros.dep
-  in `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome'.
-
-  Since aclocal doesn't look in subdirectories we can safely install them
-  there even when compiling from CVS.
-
-  Also, there is no need to make any change to any existing application
-  in the GNOME CVS Tree - really fine ...
-
-* When we're outside the GNOME CVS Tree we simply need to tell aclocal that
-  it should also look in `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome' and it will find all
-  the macros.
-
-  The is a `gnome-skel' module in CVS that can be used as a starting point
-  when writing a new GNOME Application that should be used outside CVS.
-
-February  4, 1999,
-Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
diff --git a/autogen.sh b/autogen.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index fa8fee4b..00000000
--- a/autogen.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc.
-
-srcdir=`dirname $0`
-test -z "$srcdir" && srcdir=.
-
-PKG_NAME="Gnome Skeleton"
-
-(test -f $srcdir/configure.in \
-## put other tests here
-) || {
-    echo -n "**Error**: Directory "\`$srcdir\'" does not look like the"
-    echo " top-level $PKG_NAME directory"
-    exit 1
-}
-
-. $srcdir/macros2/autogen.sh
diff --git a/bin/.cvsignore b/bin/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 161a1f68..00000000
--- a/bin/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-Makefile
-gnome-autogen.sh
diff --git a/bin/ChangeLog b/bin/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f3fb24e..00000000
--- a/bin/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-2000-11-21  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* gnome-autogen.sh.in: New file. Autogen gnome-autogen.sh
-	from it; added GNOME_COMMON_DATA_DIR and make it actually
-	work.
-
-2000-11-20  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	* gnome-autogen.sh: Initialize GNOME_DATADIR from
-	GNOME_DIR if set before trying gnome-config.
-
-2000-05-29  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	* gnome-autogen.sh: New file. Moved here from
-	the `macros' directory.
-
diff --git a/bin/Makefile.am b/bin/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 36bff37e..00000000
--- a/bin/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-bin_SCRIPTS = gnome-autogen.sh
-
-## We create gnome-autogen.sh here and not from configure because we want
-## to get the paths expanded correctly.  Macros like srcdir are given
-## the value NONE in configure if the user doesn't specify them (this
-## is an autoconf feature, not a bug).
-gnome-autogen.sh: gnome-autogen.sh.in Makefile
-## Use sed and then mv to avoid problems if the user interrupts.
-	sed -e 's#\@datadir\@#$(datadir)#g' \
-	      < $(srcdir)/gnome-autogen.sh.in > gnome-autogen.tmp \
-	  && mv gnome-autogen.tmp gnome-autogen.sh
-
-EXTRA_DIST = gnome-autogen.sh.in
-
-
diff --git a/bin/gnome-autogen.sh.in b/bin/gnome-autogen.sh.in
deleted file mode 100644
index cb8b68bd..00000000
--- a/bin/gnome-autogen.sh.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-if test -z "USE_GNOME2_MACROS" ; then
-  USE_GNOME2_MACROS=0
-fi
-
-if test "$USE_GNOME2_MACROS" = 1 ; then
-  if test -z "$GNOME2_DIR" ; then
-    GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR="@datadir@"
-  else
-    GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR="$GNOME2_DIR/share"
-  fi
-  GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR="$GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR/aclocal/gnome2-macros"
-else
-  if test -z "$GNOME_DIR" ; then
-    GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR="@datadir@"
-  else
-    GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR="$GNOME_DIR/share"
-  fi
-  GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR="$GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR/aclocal/gnome-macros"
-fi
-
-export GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR
-export GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR
-
-ACLOCAL_FLAGS="-I $GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
-export ACLOCAL_FLAGS
-
-. $GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR/autogen.sh
-
diff --git a/configure.in b/configure.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 573f776a..00000000
--- a/configure.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-AC_INIT(macros2/gnome-common.m4)
-
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(gnome-common, 2.4.0)
-
-AM_MAINTAINER_MODE
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON, true)
-
-AC_ISC_POSIX
-AC_PROG_CC
-AC_PROG_CPP
-AC_STDC_HEADERS
-AM_PROG_LIBTOOL
-
-AC_PROG_AWK
-
-AC_PATH_PROG(PKG_CONFIG, pkg-config)
-if test "!" -x "$PKG_CONFIG" ; then
-   AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** You need the latest pkg-config.
-*** Get the latest version of pkg-config from
-*** <http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig/>.])
-fi
-AC_SUBST(PKG_CONFIG)
-
-AC_OUTPUT([
-Makefile
-gnome-common.spec
-macros/Makefile
-macros2/Makefile
-bin/Makefile
-doc/Makefile
-doc-build/Makefile
-doc-build/gnome-doc-common
-])
-
diff --git a/doc-build/.cvsignore b/doc-build/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index dc647545..00000000
--- a/doc-build/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-Makefile
-gnome-doc-common
diff --git a/doc-build/Makefile.am b/doc-build/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index e701f5df..00000000
--- a/doc-build/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-bin_SCRIPTS = gnome-doc-common
-
-pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/gnome-common/data
-pkgdata_DATA =			\
-	omf.make		\
-	xmldocs.make		
-
-EXTRA_DIST =			\
-	omf.make		\
-	xmldocs.make		\
-	gnome-doc-common.in	\
-	README
diff --git a/doc-build/README b/doc-build/README
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b44642b..00000000
--- a/doc-build/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-To automatically include the standard user documentation build files (omf.make
-and xmldocs.make) in you package, set USE_COMMON_DOC_BUILD=yes in autogen.sh
-before calling the macros2/autogen.sh script.
-
-When porting applications across to use this feature, ensure that all of the
-references to xmldocs.make are to $(top_srcdir)/xmldocs.make in the appropriate
-Makefile.am files. Some modules assume that xmldocs.make is in another
-directory (like docs/ or something).
-
diff --git a/doc-build/gnome-doc-common.in b/doc-build/gnome-doc-common.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 881122d4..00000000
--- a/doc-build/gnome-doc-common.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-progname=`echo "$0" | sed 's%^.*/%%'`
-
-PROGRAM=gnome-doc-common
-PACKAGE=@PACKAGE@
-VERSION=@VERSION@
-
-prefix=@prefix@
-datadir=@datadir@
-
-# options
-docdir=.
-copy=no
-
-while test $# -gt 0; do
-  case "$1" in
-  --help)
-    echo "usage: $progname [--version|--help]" 1>&2
-    exit 1 ;;
-  --version)
-    echo "$PROGRAM ($PACKAGE) $VERSION"
-    exit 0 ;;
-  --copy)
-    copy=yes
-    shift ;;
-  -*)
-    echo "$progname: unrecognised option '$1'" 1>&2
-    echo "usage: $progname [--version|--help]" 1>&2
-    exit 1 ;;
-  *)
-    echo "$progname: too many arguments" 1>&2
-    echo "usage: $progname [--version|--help]" 1>&2
-    exit 1 ;;
-  esac
-done
-
-for file in omf.make xmldocs.make; do
-  rm -f $docdir/$file
-  if test "$copy" = yes; then
-    cp -f $datadir/$PACKAGE/data/$file $docdir/ ||
-      exit 1
-  else
-    ln -sf $datadir/$PACKAGE/data/$file $docdir/ ||
-      cp -f $datadir/$PACKAGE/data/$file $docdir/ ||
-      exit 1
-  fi
-done
diff --git a/doc-build/omf.make b/doc-build/omf.make
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a2b9e7d..00000000
--- a/doc-build/omf.make
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-# 
-# No modifications of this Makefile should be necessary.
-#
-# This file contains the build instructions for installing OMF files.  It is
-# generally called from the makefiles for particular formats of documentation.
-#
-# Note that you must configure your package with --localstatedir=/var
-# so that the scrollkeeper-update command below will update the database
-# in the standard scrollkeeper directory.
-#
-# If it is impossible to configure with --localstatedir=/var, then
-# modify the definition of scrollkeeper_localstate_dir so that
-# it points to the correct location. Note that you must still use 
-# $(localstatedir) in this or when people build RPMs it will update
-# the real database on their system instead of the one under RPM_BUILD_ROOT.
-#
-# Note: This make file is not incorporated into xmldocs.make because, in
-#       general, there will be other documents install besides XML documents
-#       and the makefiles for these formats should also include this file.
-#
-# About this file:
-#	This file was derived from scrollkeeper_example2, a package
-#	illustrating how to install documentation and OMF files for use with
-#	ScrollKeeper 0.3.x and 0.4.x.  For more information, see:
-#		http://scrollkeeper.sourceforge.net/	
-# 	Version: 0.1.3 (last updated: March 20, 2002)
-#
-
-omf_dest_dir=$(datadir)/omf/@PACKAGE@
-scrollkeeper_localstate_dir = $(localstatedir)/scrollkeeper
-
-# At some point, it may be wise to change to something like this:
-# scrollkeeper_localstate_dir = @SCROLLKEEPER_STATEDIR@
-
-omf: omf_timestamp
-
-omf_timestamp: $(omffile)
-	-for file in $(omffile); do \
-	  scrollkeeper-preinstall $(docdir)/$(docname).xml $(srcdir)/$$file $$file.out; \
-	done; \
-	touch omf_timestamp
-
-install-data-hook-omf:
-	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(omf_dest_dir)
-	for file in $(omffile); do \
-		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file.out $(DESTDIR)$(omf_dest_dir)/$$file; \
-	done
-	-scrollkeeper-update -p $(scrollkeeper_localstate_dir) -o $(DESTDIR)$(omf_dest_dir)
-
-uninstall-local-omf:
-	-for file in $(srcdir)/*.omf; do \
-		basefile=`basename $$file`; \
-		rm -f $(omf_dest_dir)/$$basefile; \
-	done
-	-rmdir $(omf_dest_dir)
-	-scrollkeeper-update -p $(scrollkeeper_localstate_dir)
-
-clean-local-omf:
-	-for file in $(omffile); do \
-		rm -f $$file.out; \
-	done
diff --git a/doc-build/xmldocs.make b/doc-build/xmldocs.make
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bc35963..00000000
--- a/doc-build/xmldocs.make
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-#
-# No modifications of this Makefile should be necessary.
-#
-# To use this template:
-#     1) Define: figdir, docname, lang, omffile, and entities in
-#        your Makefile.am file for each document directory,
-#        although figdir, omffile, and entities may be empty
-#     2) Make sure the Makefile in (1) also includes 
-#	 "include $(top_srcdir)/xmldocs.make" and
-#	 "dist-hook: app-dist-hook".
-#     3) Optionally define 'entities' to hold xml entities which
-#        you would also like installed
-#     4) Figures must go under $(figdir)/ and be in PNG format
-#     5) You should only have one document per directory 
-#     6) Note that the figure directory, $(figdir)/, should not have its
-#        own Makefile since this Makefile installs those figures.
-#
-# example Makefile.am:
-#   figdir = figures
-#   docname = scrollkeeper-manual
-#   lang = C
-#   omffile=scrollkeeper-manual-C.omf
-#   entities = fdl.xml
-#   include $(top_srcdir)/xmldocs.make
-#   dist-hook: app-dist-hook
-#
-# About this file:
-#	This file was taken from scrollkeeper_example2, a package illustrating
-#	how to install documentation and OMF files for use with ScrollKeeper 
-#	0.3.x and 0.4.x.  For more information, see:
-#		http://scrollkeeper.sourceforge.net/
-#	Version: 0.1.2 (last updated: March 20, 2002)
-#
-
-
-# **********  Begin of section some packagers may need to modify  **********
-# This variable (docdir) specifies where the documents should be installed.
-# This default value should work for most packages.
-docdir = $(datadir)/gnome/help/$(docname)/$(lang)
-
-# **********  You should not have to edit below this line  **********
-xml_files = $(entities) $(docname).xml
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(xml_files) $(omffile)
-CLEANFILES = omf_timestamp
-
-include $(top_srcdir)/omf.make
-
-all: omf
-
-$(docname).xml: $(entities)
-	-ourdir=`pwd`;  \
-	cd $(srcdir);   \
-	cp $(entities) $$ourdir
-
-app-dist-hook:
-	if test "$(figdir)"; then \
-	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(distdir)/$(figdir); \
-	  for file in $(srcdir)/$(figdir)/*.png; do \
-	    basefile=`echo $$file | sed -e  's,^.*/,,'`; \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(distdir)/$(figdir)/$$basefile; \
-	  done \
-	fi
-
-install-data-local: omf
-	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)
-	for file in $(xml_files); do \
-	  cp $(srcdir)/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(docdir); \
-	done
-	if test "$(figdir)"; then \
-	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)/$(figdir); \
-	  for file in $(srcdir)/$(figdir)/*.png; do \
-	    basefile=`echo $$file | sed -e  's,^.*/,,'`; \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)/$(figdir)/$$basefile; \
-	  done \
-	fi
-
-install-data-hook: install-data-hook-omf
-
-uninstall-local: uninstall-local-doc uninstall-local-omf
-
-uninstall-local-doc:
-	-if test "$(figdir)"; then \
-	  for file in $(srcdir)/$(figdir)/*.png; do \
-	    basefile=`echo $$file | sed -e  's,^.*/,,'`; \
-	    rm -f $(docdir)/$(figdir)/$$basefile; \
-	  done; \
-	  rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)/$(figdir); \
-	fi
-	-for file in $(xml_files); do \
-	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)/$$file; \
-	done
-	-rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)
-
-clean-local: clean-local-omf
diff --git a/doc/.cvsignore b/doc/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 3dda7298..00000000
--- a/doc/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-Makefile
diff --git a/doc/Makefile.am b/doc/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29b..00000000
--- a/doc/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/usage.txt b/doc/usage.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 89b4d926..00000000
--- a/doc/usage.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-This module is intended for people who want to develop
-GNOME Applications outside of the GNOME CVS tree or for
-people who're developing inside GNOME CVS, but don't want
-to carry the macros/ directory in their module.
-
-There are two modes of operation:
-
-1.) The GNOME 1.x platform is what you get when you
-    configure this module without any special parameters.
-
-    This installs everything from the `macros' directory
-    in `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome-macros' and provides a
-    `gnome-autogen.sh' in `$(bindir)'.
-
-2.) To enable support for the GNOME 2.x platform, gnome-common's
-    configure has a `--enable-platform-gnome-2' command line
-    argument which you need to use.
-
-    The difference is that the GNOME 2.x version will require
-    a recent version of pkg-config (from freedesktop.org at
-    <http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig/>) and also
-    compile the `support' directory.
-
-    This is considered "hacker stuff" and has the same disclaimer
-    than gnome-libs HEAD.
-
-
-To use this module in your package, you need to:
-    
-1.) Compile and install gnome-common like any normal package.
-
-2.) You don't need to have a `macros/' dir in your package,
-    this stuff is going to replace it.
-
-3.) In your autogen.sh use this:
-
-    ---
-    . gnome-autogen.sh
-    ---
-
-    instead of
-
-    ---
-    . macros/autogen.sh
-    ---
-
-4.) In you configure.in, remove the
-
-    ---
-    AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(macros)
-    ---
-
-    and replace it with
-
-    ---
-    GNOME_COMMON_INIT
-    ---
-
-That's it. Now your app uses the macros which are installed
-from gnome-common.
-
-[This is only intended for "hackers":
-
- If you want to use GNOME 2.0, just use
-
- ---
- USE_GNOME_2_MACROS=1 . gnome-autogen.sh
- ---
-
- in your autogen.sh.
-
- There's an example for this in LibGTop HEAD.
-]
-
-Comments, Questions, etc. are welcome :)
-
-
-Nov 21, 2000
-Martin Baulig <martin@gnome.org>
diff --git a/gnome-common.spec.in b/gnome-common.spec.in
deleted file mode 100644
index aba8ca4c..00000000
--- a/gnome-common.spec.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-# Note this is NOT a relocatable thing :)
-%define name		gnome-common
-%define ver		@VERSION@
-%define RELEASE		0_cvs_0
-%define rel		%{?CUSTOM_RELEASE} %{!?CUSTOM_RELEASE:%RELEASE}
-%define prefix		/usr
-%define sysconfdir	/etc
-
-Name:		%name
-Summary:	gnome-common contains usefull things common to building gnome packages
-Version: 	%ver
-Distribution:	GNOME
-Vendor:		CVS
-Release: 	%rel
-Copyright: 	GPL
-Group:		Development/Tools
-Source: 	%{name}-%{ver}.tar.gz
-URL: 		http://gnome.org
-BuildRoot:	/var/tmp/%{name}-%{ver}-root
-Docdir: 	%{prefix}/doc
-
-%description
-gnome-common is for developing various GNOME modules that have to do similar things
-
-%changelog
-* Mon Mar 26 2000 Robin * Slomkowski <rslomkow@rslomkow.org>
-- created this thing, and replaced the generic specfile
-
-%prep
-%setup
-
-%build
-%ifarch alpha
-  MYARCH_FLAGS="--host=alpha-redhat-linux"
-%endif
-
-LC_ALL=""
-LINGUAS=""
-LANG=""
-export LC_ALL LINGUAS LANG
-
-CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS" ./configure $MYARCH_FLAGS \
-	--prefix=%{prefix} \
-	--enable-platform-gnome-2 \
-	--sysconfdir=%{sysconfdir}
-
-if [ "$SMP" != "" ]; then
-  (make "MAKE=make -k -j $SMP"; exit 0)
-  make
-else
-  make
-fi
-
-%install
-[ -n "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT" -a "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT" != / ] && rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-make prefix=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT%{prefix} sysconfdir=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT%{sysconfdir} install
-
-for FILE in "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/bin/*"; do
-	file "$FILE" | grep -q not\ stripped && strip $FILE
-done
-
-%clean
-[ -n "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT" -a "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT" != / ] && rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-%post
-if ! grep %{prefix}/lib /etc/ld.so.conf > /dev/null ; then
-  echo "%{prefix}/lib" >> /etc/ld.so.conf
-fi
-  
-/sbin/ldconfig
-  
-%postun -p /sbin/ldconfig
-
-%files
-
-%defattr(0555, bin, bin)
-%{prefix}/bin/*
-
-%defattr (0444, bin, bin)
-%{prefix}/share/aclocal/gnome-macros/*
-%{prefix}/share/aclocal/gnome2-macros/*
diff --git a/intl/.cvsignore b/intl/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 954b7660..00000000
--- a/intl/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-po2msg.sed
-po2tbl.sed
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index 84e2b37e..00000000
--- a/intl/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-2001-09-13  GNU  <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>
-
-	* Version 0.10.40 released.
-
diff --git a/intl/Makefile.in b/intl/Makefile.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 19ed4a7e..00000000
--- a/intl/Makefile.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,313 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
-# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-# USA.
-
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-top_builddir = ..
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-
-prefix = @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-transform = @program_transform_name@
-libdir = @libdir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-localedir = $(datadir)/locale
-gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
-aliaspath = $(localedir)
-subdir = intl
-
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
-mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
-
-l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
-
-AR = ar
-CC = @CC@
-LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
-YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
-
-DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
--DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-
-COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
-
-HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h
-COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
-SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c
-COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
-finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
-explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \
-localcharset.c
-OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
-finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
-explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \
-plural.$lo localcharset.$lo
-GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
-DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
-config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
-DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
-DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc
-DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c
-
-# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
-# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
-# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
-# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
-# change these values.
-LTV_CURRENT=1
-LTV_REVISION=1
-LTV_AGE=0
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
-.c.o:
-	$(COMPILE) $<
-.c.lo:
-	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
-
-.y.c:
-	$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
-	rm -f $*.h
-
-.sin.sed:
-	sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@
-	mv t-$@ $@
-
-INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
-
-all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
-all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
-all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
-all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
-all-no-no:
-
-libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
-	rm -f $@
-	$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
-	$(RANLIB) $@
-
-libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
-	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
-	  $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
-	  $(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \
-	  -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
-	  -rpath $(libdir) \
-	  -no-undefined
-
-libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
-	cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h
-
-charset.alias: config.charset
-	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
-	mv t-$@ $@
-
-check: all
-
-# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext.  Packages which
-# only use the library should use install instead.
-
-# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
-# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
-# separate library.
-# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
-# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
-install: install-exec install-data
-install-exec: all
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
-	   && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
-	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
-	  $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
-	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
-	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
-	  temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
-	  dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
-	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
-	    orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
-	    sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
-	    rm -f $$temp; \
-	  else \
-	    if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
-	      orig=charset.alias; \
-	      sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
-	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
-	      rm -f $$temp; \
-	    fi; \
-	  fi; \
-	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
-	  test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
-	    && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
-	    || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
-	  temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
-	  dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
-	  sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
-	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
-	  rm -f $$temp; \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-install-data: all
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
-	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
-	  $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
-	  $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
-	  dists="COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
-	  for file in $$dists; do \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
-			    $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
-	  done; \
-	  chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
-	  dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
-	  for file in $$dists; do \
-	    if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
-			    $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
-	  done; \
-	  dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
-	  for file in $$dists; do \
-	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
-	  done; \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-
-# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
-installcheck:
-
-uninstall:
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
-	   && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
-	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
-	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
-	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
-	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
-	    temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
-	    dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
-	    sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
-	    if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
-	      rm -f $$dest; \
-	    else \
-	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
-	    fi; \
-	    rm -f $$temp; \
-	  fi; \
-	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
-	    temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
-	    dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
-	    sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
-	    if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
-	      rm -f $$dest; \
-	    else \
-	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
-	    fi; \
-	    rm -f $$temp; \
-	  fi; \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
-	  for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
-	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
-	  done; \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-
-info dvi:
-
-$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
-bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
-dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
-
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-
-id: ID
-
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-
-
-mostlyclean:
-	rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.*
-	rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
-	rm -f -r .libs _libs
-
-clean: mostlyclean
-
-distclean: clean
-	rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
-	  rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-
-maintainer-clean: distclean
-	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
-	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-
-
-# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
-# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
-distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
-dist distdir: Makefile
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
-	  additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
-	else \
-	  additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
-	fi; \
-	$(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
-	for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
-	  if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
-	  ln $$dir/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
-	    || cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
-	done
-
-Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
-	cd .. \
-	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/intl/README.cvs-commits b/intl/README.cvs-commits
deleted file mode 100644
index 88e3d581..00000000
--- a/intl/README.cvs-commits
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS -
-which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects
-a very large number of modules.
-
-Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you
-commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me
-a patch <martin@gnome.org> and I'll commit it for you it it's ok.
-
-Thanks for your understanding,
-
-August 1st, 2001
-Martin Baulig <martin@gnome.org>
-
diff --git a/intl/VERSION b/intl/VERSION
deleted file mode 100644
index cb8a01a7..00000000
--- a/intl/VERSION
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.40
diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c6a9bd16..00000000
--- a/intl/bindtextdom.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,369 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications.  */
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-#else
-/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
-# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
-#endif
-
-/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
-   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
-   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
-#if !defined _LIBC
-# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
-# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
-#endif
-
-/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>.  */
-#ifndef offsetof
-# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
-extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
-
-/* List with bindings of specific domains.  */
-extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
-
-/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
-__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
-# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
-# ifndef strdup
-#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
-# endif
-#else
-# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
-# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__
-#endif
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
-static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
-					const char **dirnamep,
-					const char **codesetp));
-     
-/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
-   to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
-   If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
-   modified, only the current value is returned.
-   If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
-   modified nor returned.  */
-static void
-set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char **dirnamep;
-     const char **codesetp;
-{
-  struct binding *binding;
-  int modified;
-
-  /* Some sanity checks.  */
-  if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
-    {
-      if (dirnamep)
-	*dirnamep = NULL;
-      if (codesetp)
-	*codesetp = NULL;
-      return;
-    }
-
-  __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
-
-  modified = 0;
-
-  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
-    {
-      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
-      if (compare == 0)
-	/* We found it!  */
-	break;
-      if (compare < 0)
-	{
-	  /* It is not in the list.  */
-	  binding = NULL;
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (binding != NULL)
-    {
-      if (dirnamep)
-	{
-	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
-
-	  if (dirname == NULL)
-	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
-	    *dirnamep = binding->dirname;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
-		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
-		 old binding.  */
-	      char *result = binding->dirname;
-	      if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
-		{
-		  if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
-		    result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
-		  else
-		    {
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
-		      result = strdup (dirname);
-#else
-		      size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
-		      result = (char *) malloc (len);
-		      if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
-			memcpy (result, dirname, len);
-#endif
-		    }
-
-		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
-		    {
-		      if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
-			free (binding->dirname);
-
-		      binding->dirname = result;
-		      modified = 1;
-		    }
-		}
-	      *dirnamep = result;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      if (codesetp)
-	{
-	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
-
-	  if (codeset == NULL)
-	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
-	    *codesetp = binding->codeset;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
-		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
-		 old binding.  */
-	      char *result = binding->codeset;
-	      if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
-		{
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
-		  result = strdup (codeset);
-#else
-		  size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
-		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
-		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
-		    memcpy (result, codeset, len);
-#endif
-
-		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
-		    {
-		      if (binding->codeset != NULL)
-			free (binding->codeset);
-
-		      binding->codeset = result;
-		      binding->codeset_cntr++;
-		      modified = 1;
-		    }
-		}
-	      *codesetp = result;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
-	   && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
-    {
-      /* Simply return the default values.  */
-      if (dirnamep)
-	*dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
-      if (codesetp)
-	*codesetp = NULL;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* We have to create a new binding.  */
-      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
-      struct binding *new_binding =
-	(struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
-
-      if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
-	goto failed;
-
-      memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
-
-      if (dirnamep)
-	{
-	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
-
-	  if (dirname == NULL)
-	    /* The default value.  */
-	    dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
-		dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
-	      else
-		{
-		  char *result;
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
-		  result = strdup (dirname);
-		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
-		    goto failed_dirname;
-#else
-		  size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
-		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
-		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
-		    goto failed_dirname;
-		  memcpy (result, dirname, len);
-#endif
-		  dirname = result;
-		}
-	    }
-	  *dirnamep = dirname;
-	  new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
-	}
-      else
-	/* The default value.  */
-	new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
-
-      new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
-
-      if (codesetp)
-	{
-	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
-
-	  if (codeset != NULL)
-	    {
-	      char *result;
-
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
-	      result = strdup (codeset);
-	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
-		goto failed_codeset;
-#else
-	      size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
-	      result = (char *) malloc (len);
-	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
-		goto failed_codeset;
-	      memcpy (result, codeset, len);
-#endif
-	      codeset = result;
-	      new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
-	    }
-	  *codesetp = codeset;
-	  new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
-	}
-      else
-	new_binding->codeset = NULL;
-
-      /* Now enqueue it.  */
-      if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
-	  || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
-	{
-	  new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
-	  _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
-	  while (binding->next != NULL
-		 && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
-	    binding = binding->next;
-
-	  new_binding->next = binding->next;
-	  binding->next = new_binding;
-	}
-
-      modified = 1;
-
-      /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures.  */
-      if (0)
-	{
-	failed_codeset:
-	  if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
-	    free (new_binding->dirname);
-	failed_dirname:
-	  free (new_binding);
-	failed:
-	  if (dirnamep)
-	    *dirnamep = NULL;
-	  if (codesetp)
-	    *codesetp = NULL;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches.  */
-  if (modified)
-    ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
-}
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
-   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
-char *
-BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *dirname;
-{
-  set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
-  return (char *) dirname;
-}
-
-/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
-   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
-char *
-BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *codeset;
-{
-  set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
-  return (char *) codeset;
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
-weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/cat-compat.c b/intl/cat-compat.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 867d901b..00000000
--- a/intl/cat-compat.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
-/* Compatibility code for gettext-using-catgets interface.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-char *getenv ();
-# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
-#  include <malloc.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
-# include <nl_types.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "libgettext.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
-   ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
-     setting of `local'.''
-   However it does not specify the exact format.  And even worse: POSIX
-   defines this not at all.  So we can use this feature only on selected
-   system (e.g. those using GNU C Library).  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
-#endif
-
-/* The catalog descriptor.  */
-static nl_catd catalog = (nl_catd) -1;
-
-/* Name of the default catalog.  */
-static const char default_catalog_name[] = "messages";
-
-/* Name of currently used catalog.  */
-static const char *catalog_name = default_catalog_name;
-
-/* Get ID for given string.  If not found return -1.  */
-static int msg_to_cat_id PARAMS ((const char *msg));
-
-/* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library.  */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
-#endif
-
-
-/* Set currently used domain/catalog.  */
-char *
-textdomain (domainname)
-     const char *domainname;
-{
-  nl_catd new_catalog;
-  char *new_name;
-  size_t new_name_len;
-  char *lang;
-
-#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES \
-    && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
-  lang = setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, NULL);
-#else
-  lang = getenv ("LC_ALL");
-  if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
-    {
-      lang = getenv ("LC_MESSAGES");
-      if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
-	lang = getenv ("LANG");
-    }
-#endif
-  if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
-    lang = "C";
-
-  /* See whether name of currently used domain is asked.  */
-  if (domainname == NULL)
-    return (char *) catalog_name;
-
-  if (domainname[0] == '\0')
-    domainname = default_catalog_name;
-
-  /* Compute length of added path element.  */
-  new_name_len = sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + 1 + strlen (lang)
-		 + sizeof ("/LC_MESSAGES/") - 1 + sizeof (PACKAGE) - 1
-		 + sizeof (".cat");
-
-  new_name = (char *) malloc (new_name_len);
-  if (new_name == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  strcpy (new_name, PACKAGE);
-  new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
-
-  if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
-    {
-      /* NLSPATH search didn't work, try absolute path */
-      sprintf (new_name, "%s/%s/LC_MESSAGES/%s.cat", LOCALEDIR, lang,
-	       PACKAGE);
-      new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
-
-      if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
-	{
-	  free (new_name);
-	  return (char *) catalog_name;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Close old catalog.  */
-  if (catalog != (nl_catd) -1)
-    catclose (catalog);
-  if (catalog_name != default_catalog_name)
-    free ((char *) catalog_name);
-
-  catalog = new_catalog;
-  catalog_name = new_name;
-
-  return (char *) catalog_name;
-}
-
-char *
-bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *dirname;
-{
-#if HAVE_SETENV || HAVE_PUTENV
-  char *old_val, *new_val, *cp;
-  size_t new_val_len;
-
-  /* This does not make much sense here but to be compatible do it.  */
-  if (domainname == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  /* Compute length of added path element.  If we use setenv we don't need
-     the first byts for NLSPATH=, but why complicate the code for this
-     peanuts.  */
-  new_val_len = sizeof ("NLSPATH=") - 1 + strlen (dirname)
-		+ sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
-
-  old_val = getenv ("NLSPATH");
-  if (old_val == NULL || old_val[0] == '\0')
-    {
-      old_val = NULL;
-      new_val_len += 1 + sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1
-	             + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
-    }
-  else
-    new_val_len += strlen (old_val);
-
-  new_val = (char *) malloc (new_val_len);
-  if (new_val == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-# if HAVE_SETENV
-  cp = new_val;
-# else
-  cp = stpcpy (new_val, "NLSPATH=");
-# endif
-
-  cp = stpcpy (cp, dirname);
-  cp = stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat:");
-
-  if (old_val == NULL)
-    {
-# if __STDC__
-      stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
-# else
-
-      cp = stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR);
-      stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
-# endif
-    }
-  else
-    stpcpy (cp, old_val);
-
-# if HAVE_SETENV
-  setenv ("NLSPATH", new_val, 1);
-  free (new_val);
-# else
-  putenv (new_val);
-  /* Do *not* free the environment entry we just entered.  It is used
-     from now on.   */
-# endif
-
-#endif
-
-  return (char *) domainname;
-}
-
-#undef gettext
-char *
-gettext (msg)
-     const char *msg;
-{
-  int msgid;
-
-  if (msg == NULL || catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
-    return (char *) msg;
-
-  /* Get the message from the catalog.  We always use set number 1.
-     The message ID is computed by the function `msg_to_cat_id'
-     which works on the table generated by `po-to-tbl'.  */
-  msgid = msg_to_cat_id (msg);
-  if (msgid == -1)
-    return (char *) msg;
-
-  return catgets (catalog, 1, msgid, (char *) msg);
-}
-
-/* Look through the table `_msg_tbl' which has `_msg_tbl_length' entries
-   for the one equal to msg.  If it is found return the ID.  In case when
-   the string is not found return -1.  */
-static int
-msg_to_cat_id (msg)
-     const char *msg;
-{
-  int cnt;
-
-  for (cnt = 0; cnt < _msg_tbl_length; ++cnt)
-    if (strcmp (msg, _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg) == 0)
-      return _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg_number;
-
-  return -1;
-}
-
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
-   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
-   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
-   to be defined.  */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *
-stpcpy (dest, src)
-     char *dest;
-     const char *src;
-{
-  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
-    /* Do nothing. */ ;
-  return dest - 1;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/config.charset b/intl/config.charset
deleted file mode 100755
index f4f2611c..00000000
--- a/intl/config.charset
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,438 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-#   any later version.
-#
-#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-#   Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-#   USA.
-#
-# The table consists of lines of the form
-#    ALIAS  CANONICAL
-#
-# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
-# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
-#
-# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
-# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
-# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
-# MIME charset name is preferred.
-# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
-#
-#       name                         used by which systems         a MIME name?
-#   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968     glibc solaris freebsd
-#   ISO-8859-1                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
-#   ISO-8859-2                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
-#   ISO-8859-3                glibc                                     yes
-#   ISO-8859-4                osf solaris freebsd                       yes
-#   ISO-8859-5                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
-#   ISO-8859-6                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
-#   ISO-8859-7                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
-#   ISO-8859-8                glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
-#   ISO-8859-9                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
-#   ISO-8859-13               glibc
-#   ISO-8859-15               glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
-#   KOI8-R                    glibc solaris freebsd                     yes
-#   KOI8-U                    glibc freebsd                             yes
-#   CP437                     dos
-#   CP775                     dos
-#   CP850                     aix osf dos
-#   CP852                     dos
-#   CP855                     dos
-#   CP856                     aix
-#   CP857                     dos
-#   CP861                     dos
-#   CP862                     dos
-#   CP864                     dos
-#   CP865                     dos
-#   CP866                     freebsd dos
-#   CP869                     dos
-#   CP874                     win32 dos
-#   CP922                     aix
-#   CP932                     aix win32 dos
-#   CP943                     aix
-#   CP949                     osf win32 dos
-#   CP950                     win32 dos
-#   CP1046                    aix
-#   CP1124                    aix
-#   CP1129                    aix
-#   CP1250                    win32
-#   CP1251                    glibc win32
-#   CP1252                    aix win32
-#   CP1253                    win32
-#   CP1254                    win32
-#   CP1255                    win32
-#   CP1256                    win32
-#   CP1257                    win32
-#   GB2312                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd       yes
-#   EUC-JP                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
-#   EUC-KR                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
-#   EUC-TW                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
-#   BIG5                      glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd        yes
-#   BIG5-HKSCS                glibc
-#   GBK                       aix osf win32 dos
-#   GB18030                   glibc
-#   SHIFT_JIS                 hpux osf solaris freebsd                  yes
-#   JOHAB                     glibc win32
-#   TIS-620                   glibc aix hpux osf solaris
-#   VISCII                    glibc                                     yes
-#   HP-ROMAN8                 hpux
-#   HP-ARABIC8                hpux
-#   HP-GREEK8                 hpux
-#   HP-HEBREW8                hpux
-#   HP-TURKISH8               hpux
-#   HP-KANA8                  hpux
-#   DEC-KANJI                 osf
-#   DEC-HANYU                 osf
-#   UTF-8                     glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
-#
-# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
-# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
-#
-# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
-# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
-#
-# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
-#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# or
-#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-
-host="$1"
-os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
-echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
-echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
-echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
-# List of references, updated during installation:
-echo "# Packages using this file: "
-case "$os" in
-    linux* | *-gnu*)
-	# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
-	# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
-	# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
-	# need to install the alias file at all.
-	# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
-	echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
-	;;
-    aix*)
-	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
-	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
-	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
-	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
-	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
-	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
-	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
-	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
-	echo "IBM-850 CP850"
-	echo "IBM-856 CP856"
-	echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
-	echo "IBM-922 CP922"
-	echo "IBM-932 CP932"
-	echo "IBM-943 CP943"
-	echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
-	echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
-	echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
-	echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
-	echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
-	echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
-	echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
-	echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
-	echo "big5 BIG5"
-	echo "GBK GBK"
-	echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
-	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
-	;;
-    hpux*)
-	echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
-	echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
-	echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
-	echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
-	echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
-	echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
-	echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
-	echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
-	echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
-	echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
-	echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
-	echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
-	echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
-	echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
-	echo "tis620 TIS-620"
-	echo "big5 BIG5"
-	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
-	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
-	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
-	echo "hp15CN GB2312"
-	#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
-	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
-	echo "utf8 UTF-8"
-	;;
-    irix*)
-	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
-	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
-	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
-	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
-	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
-	echo "eucCN GB2312"
-	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
-	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
-	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
-	;;
-    osf*)
-	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
-	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
-	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
-	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
-	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
-	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
-	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
-	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
-	echo "cp850 CP850"
-	echo "big5 BIG5"
-	echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
-	echo "dechanzi GB2312"
-	echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
-	echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
-	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
-	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
-	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
-	echo "GBK GBK"
-	echo "KSC5601 CP949"
-	echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
-	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
-	echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
-	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
-	;;
-    solaris*)
-	echo "646 ASCII"
-	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
-	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
-	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
-	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
-	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
-	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
-	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
-	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
-	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
-	echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
-	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
-	echo "gb2312 GB2312"
-	echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
-	echo "5601 EUC-KR"
-	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
-	echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
-	echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
-	#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
-	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
-	;;
-    freebsd*)
-	# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
-	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
-	# from the environment variables.
-	echo "C ASCII"
-	echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
-	for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
-	  echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
-	done
-	for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
-	         fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
-	         lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
-	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
-	  echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
-	done
-	for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
-	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
-	done
-	for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
-	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
-	done
-	for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
-	  echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
-	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
-	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
-	done
-	echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
-	echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
-	echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
-	echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
-	echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
-	echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
-	echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
-	echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
-	;;
-    beos*)
-	# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
-	echo "* UTF-8"
-	;;
-    msdosdjgpp*)
-	# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
-	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
-	# from the environment variables.
-	echo "#"
-	echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
-	echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
-	echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
-	echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
-	echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
-	echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>."
-	echo "#"
-	echo "C ASCII"
-	# ISO-8859-1 languages
-	echo "ca CP850"
-	echo "ca_ES CP850"
-	echo "da CP865"    # not CP850 ??
-	echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
-	echo "de CP850"
-	echo "de_AT CP850"
-	echo "de_CH CP850"
-	echo "de_DE CP850"
-	echo "en CP850"
-	echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
-	echo "en_CA CP850"
-	echo "en_GB CP850"
-	echo "en_NZ CP437"
-	echo "en_US CP437"
-	echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
-	echo "es CP850"
-	echo "es_AR CP850"
-	echo "es_BO CP850"
-	echo "es_CL CP850"
-	echo "es_CO CP850"
-	echo "es_CR CP850"
-	echo "es_CU CP850"
-	echo "es_DO CP850"
-	echo "es_EC CP850"
-	echo "es_ES CP850"
-	echo "es_GT CP850"
-	echo "es_HN CP850"
-	echo "es_MX CP850"
-	echo "es_NI CP850"
-	echo "es_PA CP850"
-	echo "es_PY CP850"
-	echo "es_PE CP850"
-	echo "es_SV CP850"
-	echo "es_UY CP850"
-	echo "es_VE CP850"
-	echo "et CP850"
-	echo "et_EE CP850"
-	echo "eu CP850"
-	echo "eu_ES CP850"
-	echo "fi CP850"
-	echo "fi_FI CP850"
-	echo "fr CP850"
-	echo "fr_BE CP850"
-	echo "fr_CA CP850"
-	echo "fr_CH CP850"
-	echo "fr_FR CP850"
-	echo "ga CP850"
-	echo "ga_IE CP850"
-	echo "gd CP850"
-	echo "gd_GB CP850"
-	echo "gl CP850"
-	echo "gl_ES CP850"
-	echo "id CP850"    # not CP437 ??
-	echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
-	echo "is CP861"    # not CP850 ??
-	echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
-	echo "it CP850"
-	echo "it_CH CP850"
-	echo "it_IT CP850"
-	echo "lt CP775"
-	echo "lt_LT CP775"
-	echo "lv CP775"
-	echo "lv_LV CP775"
-	echo "nb CP865"    # not CP850 ??
-	echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
-	echo "nl CP850"
-	echo "nl_BE CP850"
-	echo "nl_NL CP850"
-	echo "nn CP865"    # not CP850 ??
-	echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
-	echo "no CP865"    # not CP850 ??
-	echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
-	echo "pt CP850"
-	echo "pt_BR CP850"
-	echo "pt_PT CP850"
-	echo "sv CP850"
-	echo "sv_SE CP850"
-	# ISO-8859-2 languages
-	echo "cs CP852"
-	echo "cs_CZ CP852"
-	echo "hr CP852"
-	echo "hr_HR CP852"
-	echo "hu CP852"
-	echo "hu_HU CP852"
-	echo "pl CP852"
-	echo "pl_PL CP852"
-	echo "ro CP852"
-	echo "ro_RO CP852"
-	echo "sk CP852"
-	echo "sk_SK CP852"
-	echo "sl CP852"
-	echo "sl_SI CP852"
-	echo "sq CP852"
-	echo "sq_AL CP852"
-	echo "sr CP852"    # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
-	echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
-	# ISO-8859-3 languages
-	echo "mt CP850"
-	echo "mt_MT CP850"
-	# ISO-8859-5 languages
-	echo "be CP866"
-	echo "be_BE CP866"
-	echo "bg CP866"    # not CP855 ??
-	echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
-	echo "mk CP866"    # not CP855 ??
-	echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
-	echo "ru KOI8-R"    # not CP866 ??
-	echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
-	# ISO-8859-6 languages
-	echo "ar CP864"
-	echo "ar_AE CP864"
-	echo "ar_DZ CP864"
-	echo "ar_EG CP864"
-	echo "ar_IQ CP864"
-	echo "ar_IR CP864"
-	echo "ar_JO CP864"
-	echo "ar_KW CP864"
-	echo "ar_MA CP864"
-	echo "ar_OM CP864"
-	echo "ar_QA CP864"
-	echo "ar_SA CP864"
-	echo "ar_SY CP864"
-	# ISO-8859-7 languages
-	echo "el CP869"
-	echo "el_GR CP869"
-	# ISO-8859-8 languages
-	echo "he CP862"
-	echo "he_IL CP862"
-	# ISO-8859-9 languages
-	echo "tr CP857"
-	echo "tr_TR CP857"
-	# Japanese
-	echo "ja CP932"
-	echo "ja_JP CP932"
-	# Chinese
-	echo "zh_CN GBK"
-	echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
-	# Korean
-	echo "kr CP949"    # not CP934 ??
-	echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
-	# Thai
-	echo "th CP874"
-	echo "th_TH CP874"
-	# Other
-	echo "eo CP850"
-	echo "eo_EO CP850"
-	;;
-esac
diff --git a/intl/dcgettext.c b/intl/dcgettext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b7c96523..00000000
--- a/intl/dcgettext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
-# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
-#else
-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
-# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
-   locale.  */
-char *
-DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid;
-     int category;
-{
-  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/dcigettext.c b/intl/dcigettext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6acde195..00000000
--- a/intl/dcigettext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1259 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
-   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
-   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-#  include <alloca.h>
-# else
-#  ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-#  else
-#   ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-#ifndef __set_errno
-# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include <string.h>
-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
-# ifndef strchr
-#  define strchr index
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <sys/param.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-#include "hash-string.h"
-
-/* Thread safetyness.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-#else
-/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
-# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
-# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME)
-# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
-#endif
-
-/* Alignment of types.  */
-#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
-# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE)
-#else
-# define alignof(TYPE) \
-    ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2)
-#endif
-
-/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
-   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
-   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
-#if !defined _LIBC
-# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
-# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
-# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
-# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
-#endif
-
-/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>.  */
-#ifndef offsetof
-# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
-   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
-   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
-# define getcwd __getcwd
-# ifndef stpcpy
-#  define stpcpy __stpcpy
-# endif
-# define tfind __tfind
-#else
-# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
-char *getwd ();
-#  define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
-# else
-char *getcwd ();
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
-static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try.  */
-#define PATH_INCR 32
-
-/* The following is from pathmax.h.  */
-/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
-   PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
-   later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3).  */
-#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__)
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
-# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
-#endif
-
-#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX
-# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
-#endif
-
-/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been.  */
-#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
-# include <sys/param.h>
-#endif
-
-#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
-# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PATH_MAX
-# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
-#endif
-
-/* Pathname support.
-   ISSLASH(C)           tests whether C is a directory separator character.
-   IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P)  tests whether P is an absolute path.  If it is not,
-                        it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
-   IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P)  tests whether P contains a directory specification.
- */
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
-  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
-# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
-    ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
-     && (P)[1] == ':')
-# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
-# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
-    (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
-#else
-  /* Unix */
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
-# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
-# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
-#endif
-
-/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
-   ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
-     setting of `local'.''
-   However it does not specify the exact format.  Neither do SUSV2 and
-   ISO C 99.  So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
-   those using GNU C Library).  */
-#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
-# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
-#endif
-
-/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations
-   are stored.  */
-struct known_translation_t
-{
-  /* Domain in which to search.  */
-  char *domainname;
-
-  /* The category.  */
-  int category;
-
-  /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found.  */
-  int counter;
-
-  /* Catalog where the string was found.  */
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
-
-  /* And finally the translation.  */
-  const char *translation;
-  size_t translation_length;
-
-  /* Pointer to the string in question.  */
-  char msgid[ZERO];
-};
-
-/* Root of the search tree with known translations.  We can use this
-   only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family.  */
-#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
-# include <search.h>
-
-static void *root;
-
-# ifdef _LIBC
-#  define tsearch __tsearch
-# endif
-
-/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations.  */
-static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2));
-static int
-transcmp (p1, p2)
-     const void *p1;
-     const void *p2;
-{
-  const struct known_translation_t *s1;
-  const struct known_translation_t *s2;
-  int result;
-
-  s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1;
-  s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2;
-
-  result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid);
-  if (result == 0)
-    {
-      result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname);
-      if (result == 0)
-	/* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest
-	   operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely
-	   LC_MESSAGES).  */
-	result = s1->category - s2->category;
-    }
-
-  return result;
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
-   textdomain(3).  The default value for this is "messages".  */
-const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
-
-/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3).  */
-const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
-
-/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
-const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR;
-
-/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
-   calls.  */
-struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
-static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
-				    unsigned long int n,
-				    const char *translation,
-				    size_t translation_len))
-     internal_function;
-static unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
-					      unsigned long int n))
-     internal_function;
-static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
-static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
-						 const char *categoryname))
-     internal_function;
-
-
-/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
-   some additional code emulating it.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-/* Nothing has to be done.  */
-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
-#else
-struct block_list
-{
-  void *address;
-  struct block_list *next;
-};
-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr)						      \
-  do {									      \
-    struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));  \
-    /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to	      \
-       the list.  */							      \
-    if (newp != NULL) {							      \
-      newp->address = (addr);						      \
-      newp->next = (list);						      \
-      (list) = newp;							      \
-    }									      \
-  } while (0)
-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list)						      \
-  do {									      \
-    while (list != NULL) {						      \
-      struct block_list *old = list;					      \
-      list = list->next;						      \
-      free (old);							      \
-    }									      \
-  } while (0)
-# undef alloca
-# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
-#endif	/* have alloca */
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* List of blocks allocated for translations.  */
-typedef struct transmem_list
-{
-  struct transmem_list *next;
-  char data[ZERO];
-} transmem_block_t;
-static struct transmem_list *transmem_list;
-#else
-typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t;
-#endif
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
-#else
-# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock)
-#endif
-
-/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides
-   easier methods therefore we make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure
-# define DETERMINE_SECURE
-#else
-# ifndef HAVE_GETUID
-#  define getuid() 0
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_GETGID
-#  define getgid() 0
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID
-#  define geteuid() getuid()
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID
-#  define getegid() getgid()
-# endif
-static int enable_secure;
-# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1)
-# define DETERMINE_SECURE \
-  if (enable_secure == 0)						      \
-    {									      \
-      if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ())		      \
-	enable_secure = 1;						      \
-      else								      \
-	enable_secure = -1;						      \
-    }
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
-   CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string
-   depending on the plural form determined by N.  */
-char *
-DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid1;
-     const char *msgid2;
-     int plural;
-     unsigned long int n;
-     int category;
-{
-#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
-  struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
-#endif
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
-  struct binding *binding;
-  const char *categoryname;
-  const char *categoryvalue;
-  char *dirname, *xdomainname;
-  char *single_locale;
-  char *retval;
-  size_t retlen;
-  int saved_errno;
-#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
-  struct known_translation_t *search;
-  struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL;
-  size_t msgid_len;
-#endif
-  size_t domainname_len;
-
-  /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL.  */
-  if (msgid1 == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock);
-
-  /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain.  If
-     CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
-     definition left this undefined.  */
-  if (domainname == NULL)
-    domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
-
-#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
-  msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1;
-
-  /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at
-     some time.  */
-  search = (struct known_translation_t *)
-	   alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len);
-  memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
-  search->domainname = (char *) domainname;
-  search->category = category;
-
-  foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp);
-  if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr)
-    {
-      /* Now deal with plural.  */
-      if (plural)
-	retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation,
-				(*foundp)->translation_length);
-      else
-	retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation;
-
-      __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
-      return retval;
-    }
-#endif
-
-  /* Preserve the `errno' value.  */
-  saved_errno = errno;
-
-  /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not.  */
-  DETERMINE_SECURE;
-
-  /* First find matching binding.  */
-  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
-    {
-      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
-      if (compare == 0)
-	/* We found it!  */
-	break;
-      if (compare < 0)
-	{
-	  /* It is not in the list.  */
-	  binding = NULL;
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (binding == NULL)
-    dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
-  else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname))
-    dirname = binding->dirname;
-  else
-    {
-      /* We have a relative path.  Make it absolute now.  */
-      size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
-      size_t path_max;
-      char *ret;
-
-      path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX;
-      path_max += 2;		/* The getcwd docs say to do this.  */
-
-      for (;;)
-	{
-	  dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
-	  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
-
-	  __set_errno (0);
-	  ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max);
-	  if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE)
-	    break;
-
-	  path_max += path_max / 2;
-	  path_max += PATH_INCR;
-	}
-
-      if (ret == NULL)
-	{
-	  /* We cannot get the current working directory.  Don't signal an
-	     error but simply return the default string.  */
-	  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
-	  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
-	  __set_errno (saved_errno);
-	  return (plural == 0
-		  ? (char *) msgid1
-		  /* Use the Germanic plural rule.  */
-		  : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
-	}
-
-      stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
-    }
-
-  /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value.  */
-  categoryname = category_to_name (category);
-  categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
-
-  domainname_len = strlen (domainname);
-  xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
-				 + domainname_len + 5);
-  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
-
-  stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
-		  domainname, domainname_len),
-	  ".mo");
-
-  /* Creating working area.  */
-  single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
-  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
-
-
-  /* Search for the given string.  This is a loop because we perhaps
-     got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation.  */
-  while (1)
-    {
-      /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list.  */
-      while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
-	++categoryvalue;
-      if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
-	{
-	  /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
-	     no valid entry has been found.  We solve this situation
-	     by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
-	     will take place.  */
-	  single_locale[0] = 'C';
-	  single_locale[1] = '\0';
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  char *cp = single_locale;
-	  while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
-	    *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
-	  *cp = '\0';
-
-	  /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files
-	     outside the dedicated directories.  */
-	  if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale))
-	    /* Ingore this entry.  */
-	    continue;
-	}
-
-      /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
-	 domain.  Return the MSGID.  */
-      if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
-	  || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
-	{
-	  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
-	  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
-	  __set_errno (saved_errno);
-	  return (plural == 0
-		  ? (char *) msgid1
-		  /* Use the Germanic plural rule.  */
-		  : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
-	}
-
-
-      /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
-	 DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY.  */
-      domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding);
-
-      if (domain != NULL)
-	{
-	  retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen);
-
-	  if (retval == NULL)
-	    {
-	      int cnt;
-
-	      for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
-		{
-		  retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding,
-					 msgid1, &retlen);
-
-		  if (retval != NULL)
-		    {
-		      domain = domain->successor[cnt];
-		      break;
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  if (retval != NULL)
-	    {
-	      /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN:
-		 starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes.  */
-	      FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
-	      __set_errno (saved_errno);
-#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
-	      if (foundp == NULL)
-		{
-		  /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree.  */
-		  struct known_translation_t *newp;
-
-		  newp = (struct known_translation_t *)
-		    malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid)
-			    + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1);
-		  if (newp != NULL)
-		    {
-		      newp->domainname =
-			mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
-		      memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1);
-		      newp->category = category;
-		      newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-		      newp->domain = domain;
-		      newp->translation = retval;
-		      newp->translation_length = retlen;
-
-		      /* Insert the entry in the search tree.  */
-		      foundp = (struct known_translation_t **)
-			tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp);
-		      if (foundp == NULL
-			  || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0))
-			/* The insert failed.  */
-			free (newp);
-		    }
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  /* We can update the existing entry.  */
-		  (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-		  (*foundp)->domain = domain;
-		  (*foundp)->translation = retval;
-		  (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen;
-		}
-#endif
-	      /* Now deal with plural.  */
-	      if (plural)
-		retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen);
-
-	      __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
-	      return retval;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  /* NOTREACHED */
-}
-
-
-char *
-internal_function
-_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
-     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
-     struct binding *domainbinding;
-     const char *msgid;
-     size_t *lengthp;
-{
-  struct loaded_domain *domain;
-  size_t act;
-  char *result;
-  size_t resultlen;
-
-  if (domain_file->decided == 0)
-    _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding);
-
-  if (domain_file->data == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
-
-  /* Locate the MSGID and its translation.  */
-  if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
-    {
-      /* Use the hashing table.  */
-      nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
-      nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
-      nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
-      nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
-
-      while (1)
-	{
-	  nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
-
-	  if (nstr == 0)
-	    /* Hash table entry is empty.  */
-	    return NULL;
-
-	  /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr-1.
-	     We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries
-	     are represented by strings with an embedded NUL.  */
-	  if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) >= len
-	      && (strcmp (msgid,
-			  domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
-					    domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
-		  == 0))
-	    {
-	      act = nstr - 1;
-	      goto found;
-	    }
-
-	  if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
-	    idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
-	  else
-	    idx += incr;
-	}
-      /* NOTREACHED */
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* Try the default method:  binary search in the sorted array of
-	 messages.  */
-      size_t top, bottom;
-
-      bottom = 0;
-      top = domain->nstrings;
-      while (bottom < top)
-	{
-	  int cmp_val;
-
-	  act = (bottom + top) / 2;
-	  cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data
-				    + W (domain->must_swap,
-					 domain->orig_tab[act].offset)));
-	  if (cmp_val < 0)
-	    top = act;
-	  else if (cmp_val > 0)
-	    bottom = act + 1;
-	  else
-	    goto found;
-	}
-      /* No translation was found.  */
-      return NULL;
-    }
-
- found:
-  /* The translation was found at index ACT.  If we have to convert the
-     string to use a different character set, this is the time.  */
-  result = ((char *) domain->data
-	    + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
-  resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
-
-#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
-  if (domain->codeset_cntr
-      != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0))
-    {
-      /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset()
-	 since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed.  We
-	 have to reinitialize the converter.  */
-      _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
-      _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
-    }
-
-  if (
-# ifdef _LIBC
-      domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1
-# else
-#  if HAVE_ICONV
-      domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1
-#  endif
-# endif
-      )
-    {
-      /* We are supposed to do a conversion.  First allocate an
-	 appropriate table with the same structure as the table
-	 of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers
-	 to the converted strings in.
-	 There is a slight complication with plural entries.  They
-	 are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings.  We
-	 handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including
-	 NULs.  */
-
-      if (domain->conv_tab == NULL
-	  && ((domain->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (domain->nstrings,
-						    sizeof (char *)))
-	      == NULL))
-	/* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table.  */
-	domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1;
-
-      if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0))
-	/* Nothing we can do, no more memory.  */
-	goto converted;
-
-      if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL)
-	{
-	  /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not
-	     translated yet.  Do this now.  */
-	  /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling.
-	     We allocate always larger blocks which get used over
-	     time.  This is faster than many small allocations.   */
-	  __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
-# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE	4080
-	  static unsigned char *freemem;
-	  static size_t freemem_size;
-
-	  const unsigned char *inbuf;
-	  unsigned char *outbuf;
-	  int malloc_count;
-# ifndef _LIBC
-	  transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL;
-# endif
-
-	  __libc_lock_lock (lock);
-
-	  inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result;
-	  outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
-
-	  malloc_count = 0;
-	  while (1)
-	    {
-	      transmem_block_t *newmem;
-# ifdef _LIBC
-	      size_t non_reversible;
-	      int res;
-
-	      if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
-		goto resize_freemem;
-
-	      res = __gconv (domain->conv,
-			     &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen,
-			     &outbuf,
-			     outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t),
-			     &non_reversible);
-
-	      if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT)
-		break;
-
-	      if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT)
-		{
-		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
-		  goto converted;
-		}
-
-	      inbuf = result;
-# else
-#  if HAVE_ICONV
-	      const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf;
-	      size_t inleft = resultlen;
-	      char *outptr = (char *) outbuf;
-	      size_t outleft;
-
-	      if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
-		goto resize_freemem;
-
-	      outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t);
-	      if (iconv (domain->conv,
-			 (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft,
-			 &outptr, &outleft)
-		  != (size_t) (-1))
-		{
-		  outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr;
-		  break;
-		}
-	      if (errno != E2BIG)
-		{
-		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
-		  goto converted;
-		}
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-	    resize_freemem:
-	      /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one.  */
-	      if (malloc_count > 0)
-		{
-		  ++malloc_count;
-		  freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
-		  newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list,
-							 freemem_size);
-# ifdef _LIBC
-		  if (newmem != NULL)
-		    transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
-		  else
-		    {
-		      struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list;
-
-		      transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
-		      free (old);
-		    }
-# endif
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  malloc_count = 1;
-		  freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
-		  newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size);
-		}
-	      if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0))
-		{
-		  freemem = NULL;
-		  freemem_size = 0;
-		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
-		  goto converted;
-		}
-
-# ifdef _LIBC
-	      /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free
-                 at some point.  */
-	      newmem->next = transmem_list;
-	      transmem_list = newmem;
-
-	      freemem = newmem->data;
-	      freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data);
-# else
-	      transmem_list = newmem;
-	      freemem = newmem;
-# endif
-
-	      outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
-	    }
-
-	  /* We have now in our buffer a converted string.  Put this
-	     into the table of conversions.  */
-	  *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t);
-	  domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem;
-	  /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned.  */
-	  freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem;
-	  freemem = outbuf;
-	  freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1);
-	  freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1);
-
-	  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
-	}
-
-      /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all
-	 the plural variants.  */
-      result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t);
-      resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act];
-    }
-
- converted:
-  /* The result string is converted.  */
-
-#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
-
-  *lengthp = resultlen;
-  return result;
-}
-
-
-/* Look up a plural variant.  */
-static char *
-internal_function
-plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
-     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
-     unsigned long int n;
-     const char *translation;
-     size_t translation_len;
-{
-  struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data;
-  unsigned long int index;
-  const char *p;
-
-  index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n);
-  if (index >= domaindata->nplurals)
-    /* This should never happen.  It means the plural expression and the
-       given maximum value do not match.  */
-    index = 0;
-
-  /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION.  */
-  p = translation;
-  while (index-- > 0)
-    {
-#ifdef _LIBC
-      p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0');
-#else
-      p = strchr (p, '\0');
-#endif
-      /* And skip over the NUL byte.  */
-      p++;
-
-      if (p >= translation + translation_len)
-	/* This should never happen.  It means the plural expression
-	   evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants
-	   available for MSGID1.  */
-	return (char *) translation;
-    }
-  return (char *) p;
-}
-
-
-/* Function to evaluate the plural expression and return an index value.  */
-static unsigned long int
-internal_function
-plural_eval (pexp, n)
-     struct expression *pexp;
-     unsigned long int n;
-{
-  switch (pexp->nargs)
-    {
-    case 0:
-      switch (pexp->operation)
-	{
-	case var:
-	  return n;
-	case num:
-	  return pexp->val.num;
-	default:
-	  break;
-	}
-      /* NOTREACHED */
-      break;
-    case 1:
-      {
-	/* pexp->operation must be lnot.  */
-	unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
-	return ! arg;
-      }
-    case 2:
-      {
-	unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
-	if (pexp->operation == lor)
-	  return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
-	else if (pexp->operation == land)
-	  return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
-	else
-	  {
-	    unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
-
-	    switch (pexp->operation)
-	      {
-	      case mult:
-		return leftarg * rightarg;
-	      case divide:
-		return leftarg / rightarg;
-	      case module:
-		return leftarg % rightarg;
-	      case plus:
-		return leftarg + rightarg;
-	      case minus:
-		return leftarg - rightarg;
-	      case less_than:
-		return leftarg < rightarg;
-	      case greater_than:
-		return leftarg > rightarg;
-	      case less_or_equal:
-		return leftarg <= rightarg;
-	      case greater_or_equal:
-		return leftarg >= rightarg;
-	      case equal:
-		return leftarg == rightarg;
-	      case not_equal:
-		return leftarg != rightarg;
-	      default:
-		break;
-	      }
-	  }
-	/* NOTREACHED */
-	break;
-      }
-    case 3:
-      {
-	/* pexp->operation must be qmop.  */
-	unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
-	return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
-      }
-    }
-  /* NOTREACHED */
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY.  */
-static const char *
-internal_function
-category_to_name (category)
-     int category;
-{
-  const char *retval;
-
-  switch (category)
-  {
-#ifdef LC_COLLATE
-  case LC_COLLATE:
-    retval = "LC_COLLATE";
-    break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_CTYPE
-  case LC_CTYPE:
-    retval = "LC_CTYPE";
-    break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_MONETARY
-  case LC_MONETARY:
-    retval = "LC_MONETARY";
-    break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
-  case LC_NUMERIC:
-    retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
-    break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_TIME
-  case LC_TIME:
-    retval = "LC_TIME";
-    break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
-  case LC_MESSAGES:
-    retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
-    break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
-  case LC_RESPONSE:
-    retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
-    break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_ALL
-  case LC_ALL:
-    /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
-       value.  */
-    retval = "LC_ALL";
-    break;
-#endif
-  default:
-    /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know.  */
-    retval = "LC_XXX";
-  }
-
-  return retval;
-}
-
-/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables.  */
-static const char *
-internal_function
-guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
-     int category;
-     const char *categoryname;
-{
-  const char *language;
-  const char *retval;
-
-  /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
-     variable.  But we don't use the value if the currently selected
-     locale is the C locale.  This is a GNU extension.  */
-  language = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
-  if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0')
-    language = NULL;
-
-  /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL',
-     `LC_xxx', and `LANG'.  On some systems this can be done by the
-     `setlocale' function itself.  */
-#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL)
-  retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
-#else
-  /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other.  */
-  retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
-  if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
-    {
-      /* Next comes the name of the desired category.  */
-      retval = getenv (categoryname);
-      if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
-	{
-	  /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable.  */
-	  retval = getenv ("LANG");
-	  if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
-	    /* We use C as the default domain.  POSIX says this is
-	       implementation defined.  */
-	    return "C";
-	}
-    }
-#endif
-
-  return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval;
-}
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
-   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
-   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
-   to be defined.  */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *
-stpcpy (dest, src)
-     char *dest;
-     const char *src;
-{
-  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
-    /* Do nothing. */ ;
-  return dest - 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY
-static void *
-mempcpy (dest, src, n)
-     void *dest;
-     const void *src;
-     size_t n;
-{
-  return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
-   program's end.  */
-static void __attribute__ ((unused))
-free_mem (void)
-{
-  void *old;
-
-  while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL)
-    {
-      struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings;
-      _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next;
-      if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
-	/* Yes, this is a pointer comparison.  */
-	free (oldp->dirname);
-      free (oldp->codeset);
-      free (oldp);
-    }
-
-  if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
-    /* Yes, again a pointer comparison.  */
-    free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
-
-  /* Remove the search tree with the known translations.  */
-  __tdestroy (root, free);
-  root = NULL;
-
-  while (transmem_list != NULL)
-    {
-      old = transmem_list;
-      transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
-      free (old);
-    }
-}
-
-text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/dcngettext.c b/intl/dcngettext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c16af212..00000000
--- a/intl/dcngettext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
-# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
-#else
-# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
-# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
-   locale.  */
-char *
-DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid1;
-     const char *msgid2;
-     unsigned long int n;
-     int category;
-{
-  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/dgettext.c b/intl/dgettext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3651207a..00000000
--- a/intl/dgettext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
-# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
-#else
-# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
-char *
-DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid;
-{
-  return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/dngettext.c b/intl/dngettext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f214e95b..00000000
--- a/intl/dngettext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
-# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
-#else
-# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
-# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form.  */
-char *
-DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid1;
-     const char *msgid2;
-     unsigned long int n;
-{
-  return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/explodename.c b/intl/explodename.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2985064c..00000000
--- a/intl/explodename.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
-#ifndef NULL
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
-# else
-#  define NULL 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-char *
-_nl_find_language (name)
-     const char *name;
-{
-  while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
-	 && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
-    ++name;
-
-  return (char *) name;
-}
-
-
-int
-_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
-		  normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
-     char *name;
-     const char **language;
-     const char **modifier;
-     const char **territory;
-     const char **codeset;
-     const char **normalized_codeset;
-     const char **special;
-     const char **sponsor;
-     const char **revision;
-{
-  enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
-  char *cp;
-  int mask;
-
-  *modifier = NULL;
-  *territory = NULL;
-  *codeset = NULL;
-  *normalized_codeset = NULL;
-  *special = NULL;
-  *sponsor = NULL;
-  *revision = NULL;
-
-  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
-     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
-     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
-  mask = 0;
-  syntax = undecided;
-  *language = cp = name;
-  cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
-
-  if (*language == cp)
-    /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified.  Use
-       this entry as it is without exploding.  Perhaps it is an alias.  */
-    cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
-  else if (cp[0] == '_')
-    {
-      /* Next is the territory.  */
-      cp[0] = '\0';
-      *territory = ++cp;
-
-      while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
-	     && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
-	++cp;
-
-      mask |= TERRITORY;
-
-      if (cp[0] == '.')
-	{
-	  /* Next is the codeset.  */
-	  syntax = xpg;
-	  cp[0] = '\0';
-	  *codeset = ++cp;
-
-	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
-	    ++cp;
-
-	  mask |= XPG_CODESET;
-
-	  if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
-	    {
-	      *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
-							   cp - *codeset);
-	      if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
-		free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
-	      else
-		mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
-    {
-      /* Next is the modifier.  */
-      syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
-      cp[0] = '\0';
-      *modifier = ++cp;
-
-      while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
-	     && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
-	++cp;
-
-      mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
-    }
-
-  if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
-    {
-      syntax = cen;
-
-      if (cp[0] == '+')
-	{
- 	  /* Next is special application (CEN syntax).  */
-	  cp[0] = '\0';
-	  *special = ++cp;
-
-	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
-	    ++cp;
-
-	  mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
-	}
-
-      if (cp[0] == ',')
-	{
- 	  /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax).  */
-	  cp[0] = '\0';
-	  *sponsor = ++cp;
-
-	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
-	    ++cp;
-
-	  mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
-	}
-
-      if (cp[0] == '_')
-	{
- 	  /* Next is revision (CEN syntax).  */
-	  cp[0] = '\0';
-	  *revision = ++cp;
-
-	  mask |= CEN_REVISION;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
-     separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax.  */
-  if (syntax == xpg)
-    {
-      if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
-	mask &= ~TERRITORY;
-
-      if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
-	mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
-
-      if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
-	mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
-    }
-
-  return mask;
-}
diff --git a/intl/finddomain.c b/intl/finddomain.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f103d55..00000000
--- a/intl/finddomain.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
-/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-/* List of already loaded domains.  */
-static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
-
-
-/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
-   the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
-   established bindings.  */
-struct loaded_l10nfile *
-internal_function
-_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
-     const char *dirname;
-     char *locale;
-     const char *domainname;
-     struct binding *domainbinding;
-{
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
-  const char *language;
-  const char *modifier;
-  const char *territory;
-  const char *codeset;
-  const char *normalized_codeset;
-  const char *special;
-  const char *sponsor;
-  const char *revision;
-  const char *alias_value;
-  int mask;
-
-  /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
-
-		language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
-
-     and six parts for the CEN syntax:
-
-	language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
-
-     Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing.  If
-     the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
-     looked for.  The various parts will be stripped off according to
-     the following order:
-		(1) revision
-		(2) sponsor
-		(3) special
-		(4) codeset
-		(5) normalized codeset
-		(6) territory
-		(7) audience/modifier
-   */
-
-  /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
-     be one data set in the list of loaded domains.  */
-  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
-			       strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
-			       NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
-  if (retval != NULL)
-    {
-      /* We know something about this locale.  */
-      int cnt;
-
-      if (retval->decided == 0)
-	_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
-
-      if (retval->data != NULL)
-	return retval;
-
-      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
-	{
-	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
-	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
-
-	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
-	    break;
-	}
-      return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
-      /* NOTREACHED */
-    }
-
-  /* See whether the locale value is an alias.  If yes its value
-     *overwrites* the alias name.  No test for the original value is
-     done.  */
-  alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
-  if (alias_value != NULL)
-    {
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
-      locale = strdup (alias_value);
-      if (locale == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-#else
-      size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
-      locale = (char *) malloc (len);
-      if (locale == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-      memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
-#endif
-    }
-
-  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
-     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
-     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
-  mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
-			   &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
-			   &sponsor, &revision);
-
-  /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
-     generalization.  */
-  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
-			       strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
-			       codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
-			       sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
-  if (retval == NULL)
-    /* This means we are out of core.  */
-    return NULL;
-
-  if (retval->decided == 0)
-    _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
-  if (retval->data == NULL)
-    {
-      int cnt;
-      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
-	{
-	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
-	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
-	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated.  Free it now.  */
-  if (alias_value != NULL)
-    free (locale);
-
-  /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated.  Free it.  */
-  if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
-    free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
-
-  return retval;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-static void __attribute__ ((unused))
-free_mem (void)
-{
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
-
-  while (runp != NULL)
-    {
-      struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
-      if (runp->data != NULL)
-	_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
-      runp = runp->next;
-      free ((char *) here->filename);
-      free (here);
-    }
-}
-
-text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/gettext.c b/intl/gettext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 22a6c245..00000000
--- a/intl/gettext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define __need_NULL
-# include <stddef.h>
-#else
-# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define GETTEXT __gettext
-# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
-#else
-# define GETTEXT gettext__
-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
-   text).  */
-char *
-GETTEXT (msgid)
-     const char *msgid;
-{
-  return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/gettext.h b/intl/gettext.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f5d7605..00000000
--- a/intl/gettext.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
-#define _GETTEXT_H 1
-
-#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format.  */
-#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
-#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
-
-/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format.  */
-#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
-
-/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
-   to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide.  An
-   alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
-   as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
-   when cross-compiling.  */
-
-#if __STDC__
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
-#else
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
-#endif
-
-/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
-   This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
-   that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
-   (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types.  */
-
-#ifndef UINT_MAX
-# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-#endif
-
-#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
-#else
-# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
-# else
-#  if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
-#  else
-  /* The following line is intended to throw an error.  Using #error is
-     not portable enough.  */
-  "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-
-/* Header for binary .mo file format.  */
-struct mo_file_header
-{
-  /* The magic number.  */
-  nls_uint32 magic;
-  /* The revision number of the file format.  */
-  nls_uint32 revision;
-  /* The number of strings pairs.  */
-  nls_uint32 nstrings;
-  /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings.  */
-  nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
-  /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings.  */
-  nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
-  /* Size of hashing table.  */
-  nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
-  /* Offset of first hashing entry.  */
-  nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
-};
-
-struct string_desc
-{
-  /* Length of addressed string.  */
-  nls_uint32 length;
-  /* Offset of string in file.  */
-  nls_uint32 offset;
-};
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-#endif	/* gettext.h  */
diff --git a/intl/gettextP.h b/intl/gettextP.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 43de1cd4..00000000
--- a/intl/gettextP.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
-/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
-#define _GETTEXTP_H
-
-#include <stddef.h>		/* Get size_t.  */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
-#  include <iconv.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-#include "gettext.h"		/* Get nls_uint32.  */
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef internal_function
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
-   almost always true or almost always false.  */
-#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
-# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef W
-# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <byteswap.h>
-# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
-#else
-static inline nls_uint32
-SWAP (i)
-     nls_uint32 i;
-{
-  return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
-   plural form.  */
-struct expression
-{
-  int nargs;			/* Number of arguments.  */
-  enum operator
-  {
-    /* Without arguments:  */
-    var,			/* The variable "n".  */
-    num,			/* Decimal number.  */
-    /* Unary operators:  */
-    lnot,			/* Logical NOT.  */
-    /* Binary operators:  */
-    mult,			/* Multiplication.  */
-    divide,			/* Division.  */
-    module,			/* Module operation.  */
-    plus,			/* Addition.  */
-    minus,			/* Subtraction.  */
-    less_than,			/* Comparison.  */
-    greater_than,		/* Comparison.  */
-    less_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
-    greater_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
-    equal,			/* Comparision for equality.  */
-    not_equal,			/* Comparision for inequality.  */
-    land,			/* Logical AND.  */
-    lor,			/* Logical OR.  */
-    /* Ternary operators:  */
-    qmop			/* Question mark operator.  */
-  } operation;
-  union
-  {
-    unsigned long int num;	/* Number value for `num'.  */
-    struct expression *args[3];	/* Up to three arguments.  */
-  } val;
-};
-
-/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
-   the result in a thread-safe way.  */
-struct parse_args
-{
-  const char *cp;
-  struct expression *res;
-};
-
-
-/* The representation of an opened message catalog.  */
-struct loaded_domain
-{
-  const char *data;
-  int use_mmap;
-  size_t mmap_size;
-  int must_swap;
-  nls_uint32 nstrings;
-  struct string_desc *orig_tab;
-  struct string_desc *trans_tab;
-  nls_uint32 hash_size;
-  nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
-  int codeset_cntr;
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  __gconv_t conv;
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
-  iconv_t conv;
-# endif
-#endif
-  char **conv_tab;
-
-  struct expression *plural;
-  unsigned long int nplurals;
-};
-
-/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct.  But ISO C
-   doesn't allow zero sized arrays.  */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define ZERO 0
-#else
-# define ZERO 1
-#endif
-
-/* A set of settings bound to a message domain.  Used to store settings
-   from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset().  */
-struct binding
-{
-  struct binding *next;
-  char *dirname;
-  int codeset_cntr;	/* Incremented each time codeset changes.  */
-  char *codeset;
-  char domainname[ZERO];
-};
-
-/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
-   become invalid.
-   This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl.  */
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
-						 char *__locale,
-						 const char *__domainname,
-					      struct binding *__domainbinding))
-     internal_function;
-void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
-			      struct binding *__domainbinding))
-     internal_function;
-void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
-     internal_function;
-const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
-					  struct loaded_domain *__domain,
-					  struct binding *__domainbinding))
-     internal_function;
-void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
-     internal_function;
-
-char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
-			    struct binding *domainbinding,
-			    const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
-     internal_function;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				 const char *__msgid));
-extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				  const char *__msgid, int __category));
-extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-				 unsigned long int __n));
-extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				  const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-				  unsigned long int n));
-extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-				   unsigned long int __n, int __category));
-extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-				   int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
-				   int __category));
-extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				       const char *__dirname));
-extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-						const char *__codeset));
-#else
-extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				 const char *__msgid));
-extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				  const char *__msgid, int __category));
-extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-				 unsigned long int __n));
-extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				  const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-				  unsigned long int __n));
-extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-				   unsigned long int __n, int __category));
-extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-				   int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
-				   int __category));
-extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				       const char *__dirname));
-extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-						const char *__codeset));
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
-     internal_function;
-extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg));
-#else
-extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
-     internal_function;
-extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg));
-#endif
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-#endif /* gettextP.h  */
diff --git a/intl/hash-string.h b/intl/hash-string.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ccb7acca..00000000
--- a/intl/hash-string.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits.  */
-#define HASHWORDBITS 32
-
-
-/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
-   [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
-   1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.]  */
-static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
-
-static inline unsigned long int
-hash_string (str_param)
-     const char *str_param;
-{
-  unsigned long int hval, g;
-  const char *str = str_param;
-
-  /* Compute the hash value for the given string.  */
-  hval = 0;
-  while (*str != '\0')
-    {
-      hval <<= 4;
-      hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
-      g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
-      if (g != 0)
-	{
-	  hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
-	  hval ^= g;
-	}
-    }
-  return hval;
-}
diff --git a/intl/intl-compat.c b/intl/intl-compat.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a06ce94..00000000
--- a/intl/intl-compat.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
-   Library.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "libgnuintl.h"
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to
-   those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix).
-   It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is
-   configured --with-included-gettext.
-
-   This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or
-   the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions.
-   If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to
-   libgnuintl.h of the following form:
-
-#    define gettext gettext__
-#    define dgettext dgettext__
-#    define dcgettext dcgettext__
-#    define ngettext ngettext__
-#    define dngettext dngettext__
-#    define dcngettext dcngettext__
-#    define textdomain textdomain__
-#    define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__
-#    define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__
-
-   How does this redirection work? There are two cases.
-   A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because
-      functions defined in the executable always override functions in
-      the shared libraries.
-   B. When libintl.so is used, it works because
-      1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library
-         (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are
-         ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly
-         letting other shared libraries override it.
-      2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone
-         libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this
-         shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib
-         *after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed.
-
-   A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library
-   whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on
-   Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library
-   containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override
-   the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough
-   to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker
-   command line.  */
-
-
-#undef gettext
-#undef dgettext
-#undef dcgettext
-#undef ngettext
-#undef dngettext
-#undef dcngettext
-#undef textdomain
-#undef bindtextdomain
-#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
-
-
-char *
-gettext (msgid)
-     const char *msgid;
-{
-  return gettext__ (msgid);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dgettext (domainname, msgid)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid;
-{
-  return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid;
-     int category;
-{
-  return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
-}
-
-
-char *
-ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
-     const char *msgid1;
-     const char *msgid2;
-     unsigned long int n;
-{
-  return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid1;
-     const char *msgid2;
-     unsigned long int n;
-{
-  return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid1;
-     const char *msgid2;
-     unsigned long int n;
-     int category;
-{
-  return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
-}
-
-
-char *
-textdomain (domainname)
-     const char *domainname;
-{
-  return textdomain__ (domainname);
-}
-
-
-char *
-bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *dirname;
-{
-  return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
-}
-
-
-char *
-bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *codeset;
-{
-  return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset);
-}
diff --git a/intl/intlh.inst.in b/intl/intlh.inst.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 62d323cd..00000000
--- a/intl/intlh.inst.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
-#define _LIBINTL_H	1
-
-@INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
-
-/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
-   implementation of gettext.  */
-#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
-   text).  */
-extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
-extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
-   locale.  */
-extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
-				int __category));
-
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
-   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
-   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
-extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
-   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
-extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				     const char *__dirname));
-
-
-/* Optimized version of the functions above.  */
-#if defined __OPTIMIZED
-/* These must be a macro.  Inlined functions are useless because the
-   `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
-   false.  */
-
-# define gettext(msgid) dgettext ((char *) 0, msgid)
-
-# define dgettext(domainname, msgid)					      \
-  dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
-
-# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
-/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c.  We need a sign,
-   whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all
-   translations.  */
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-#  define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category)			      \
-  (__extension__							      \
-   ({									      \
-     char *__result;							      \
-     if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid))					      \
-       {								      \
-	 static char *__translation__;					      \
-	 static int __catalog_counter__;				      \
-	 if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr)    \
-	   {								      \
-	     __translation__ =						      \
-	       (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category));		      \
-	     __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;			      \
-	   }								      \
-	 __result = __translation__;					      \
-       }								      \
-     else								      \
-       __result = (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category));	      \
-     __result;								      \
-    }))
-# endif
-#endif /* Optimizing. */
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/l10nflist.c b/intl/l10nflist.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 533e94be..00000000
--- a/intl/l10nflist.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,405 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
-   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
-   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <string.h>
-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
-# ifndef strchr
-#  define strchr index
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
-# include <argz.h>
-#endif
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
-#ifndef NULL
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
-# else
-#  define NULL 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
-   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
-   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
-# ifndef stpcpy
-#  define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
-# endif
-#else
-# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Define function which are usually not available.  */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
-/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ.  */
-static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
-
-static size_t
-argz_count__ (argz, len)
-     const char *argz;
-     size_t len;
-{
-  size_t count = 0;
-  while (len > 0)
-    {
-      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
-      argz += part_len + 1;
-      len -= part_len + 1;
-      count++;
-    }
-  return count;
-}
-# undef __argz_count
-# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
-#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
-/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
-   except the last into the character SEP.  */
-static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
-
-static void
-argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
-     char *argz;
-     size_t len;
-     int sep;
-{
-  while (len > 0)
-    {
-      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
-      argz += part_len;
-      len -= part_len + 1;
-      if (len > 0)
-	*argz++ = sep;
-    }
-}
-# undef __argz_stringify
-# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
-#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
-static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
-				  const char *entry));
-
-static char *
-argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
-     char *argz;
-     size_t argz_len;
-     const char *entry;
-{
-  if (entry)
-    {
-      if (entry < argz + argz_len)
-        entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
-
-      return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
-    }
-  else
-    if (argz_len > 0)
-      return argz;
-    else
-      return 0;
-}
-# undef __argz_next
-# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
-#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
-
-
-/* Return number of bits set in X.  */
-static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
-
-static inline int
-pop (x)
-     int x;
-{
-  /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used.  */
-  x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
-  x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
-  x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
-  x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
-
-  return x;
-}
-
-
-struct loaded_l10nfile *
-_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
-		    territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
-		    sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
-     struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
-     const char *dirlist;
-     size_t dirlist_len;
-     int mask;
-     const char *language;
-     const char *territory;
-     const char *codeset;
-     const char *normalized_codeset;
-     const char *modifier;
-     const char *special;
-     const char *sponsor;
-     const char *revision;
-     const char *filename;
-     int do_allocate;
-{
-  char *abs_filename;
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
-  char *cp;
-  size_t entries;
-  int cnt;
-
-  /* Allocate room for the full file name.  */
-  abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
-				  + strlen (language)
-				  + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
-				     ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
-				  + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
-				     ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
-				  + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
-				     ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
-				  + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
-				      || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
-				     ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
-				  + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
-				     ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
-				  + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
-				      || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
-				     ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
-					     ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
-					+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
-					   ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
-				  + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
-
-  if (abs_filename == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  retval = NULL;
-  last = NULL;
-
-  /* Construct file name.  */
-  memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
-  __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
-  cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
-  *cp++ = '/';
-  cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
-
-  if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
-    {
-      *cp++ = '_';
-      cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
-    }
-  if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
-    {
-      *cp++ = '.';
-      cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
-    }
-  if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
-    {
-      *cp++ = '.';
-      cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
-    }
-  if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
-    {
-      /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
-	 leading characters.  For CEN we use `+', else `@'.  */
-      *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
-      cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
-    }
-  if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
-    {
-      *cp++ = '+';
-      cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
-    }
-  if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
-    {
-      *cp++ = ',';
-      if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
-	cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
-      if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
-	{
-	  *cp++ = '_';
-	  cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
-	}
-    }
-
-  *cp++ = '/';
-  stpcpy (cp, filename);
-
-  /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
-     available.  */
-  last = NULL;
-  for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
-    if (retval->filename != NULL)
-      {
-	int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
-	if (compare == 0)
-	  /* We found it!  */
-	  break;
-	if (compare < 0)
-	  {
-	    /* It's not in the list.  */
-	    retval = NULL;
-	    break;
-	  }
-
-	last = retval;
-      }
-
-  if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
-    {
-      free (abs_filename);
-      return retval;
-    }
-
-  retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
-    malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
-				* (1 << pop (mask))
-				* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
-  if (retval == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  retval->filename = abs_filename;
-  retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
-		     || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
-			 && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
-  retval->data = NULL;
-
-  if (last == NULL)
-    {
-      retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
-      *l10nfile_list = retval;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      retval->next = last->next;
-      last->next = retval;
-    }
-
-  entries = 0;
-  /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
-     a real file.  So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
-     of the inner loop.  */
-  cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
-  for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
-    if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
-	&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
-	&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
-      {
-	/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST.  */
-	char *dir = NULL;
-
-	while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
-	       != NULL)
-	  retval->successor[entries++]
-	    = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
-				  language, territory, codeset,
-				  normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
-				  sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
-      }
-  retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
-
-  return retval;
-}
-
-/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
-   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
-   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
-   freed by the caller.  */
-const char *
-_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
-     const char *codeset;
-     size_t name_len;
-{
-  int len = 0;
-  int only_digit = 1;
-  char *retval;
-  char *wp;
-  size_t cnt;
-
-  for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
-    if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
-      {
-	++len;
-
-	if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
-	  only_digit = 0;
-      }
-
-  retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
-
-  if (retval != NULL)
-    {
-      if (only_digit)
-	wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
-      else
-	wp = retval;
-
-      for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
-	if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
-	  *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
-	else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
-	  *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
-
-      *wp = '\0';
-    }
-
-  return (const char *) retval;
-}
-
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
-   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
-   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
-   to be defined.  */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *
-stpcpy (dest, src)
-     char *dest;
-     const char *src;
-{
-  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
-    /* Do nothing. */ ;
-  return dest - 1;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/libgettext.h b/intl/libgettext.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c5be54a8..00000000
--- a/intl/libgettext.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
-#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
-
-/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option.  */
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-
-/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions.  */
-# include <libintl.h>
-
-#else
-
-# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
-# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
-# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
-# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
-    ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
-# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
-    ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
-# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
-    ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
-# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname))
-# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname))
-# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset))
-
-#endif
-
-/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
-   translation is needed.  Instead the string itself is the result.  */
-#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
-
-#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
diff --git a/intl/libgnuintl.h b/intl/libgnuintl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f891deb9..00000000
--- a/intl/libgnuintl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
-#define _LIBINTL_H	1
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
-   gettext() and dgettext().  It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
-   On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
-   On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e.
-   this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES.  To avoid a redefinition
-   warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case.  */
-#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H
-# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
-#endif
-
-/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
-   implementation of gettext.  */
-#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
-
-/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP.  GNU gettext takes
-   precedence over _conio_gettext.  */
-#ifdef __DJGPP__
-# undef gettext
-# define gettext gettext
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
-#  define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
-   text).  */
-extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
-extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
-   locale.  */
-extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
-				int __category));
-
-
-/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
-   number N.  */
-extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-			       unsigned long int __n));
-
-/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
-   number N.  */
-extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
-				const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n));
-
-/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
-   number N.  */
-extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
-				 const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
-				 int __category));
-
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
-   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
-   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
-extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
-   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
-extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				     const char *__dirname));
-
-/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
-   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
-extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-					      const char *__codeset));
-
-
-/* Optimized version of the functions above.  */
-#if defined __OPTIMIZED
-/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions.  */
-
-# define gettext(msgid)							      \
-  dgettext (NULL, msgid)
-
-# define dgettext(domainname, msgid)					      \
-  dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
-
-# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n)					      \
-  dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
-
-# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)			      \
-  dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
-
-#endif /* Optimizing. */
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/libintl.glibc b/intl/libintl.glibc
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e5b8f9e..00000000
--- a/intl/libintl.glibc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-/* libgettext.h -- Message catalogs for internationalization.
-Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-Contributed by Ulrich Drepper.
-This file is derived from the file libgettext.h in the GNU gettext package.
-
-The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-Library General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
-not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
-#define _LIBINTL_H	1
-#include <features.h>
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#define __need_NULL
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
-   implementation of gettext.  */
-#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
-
-__BEGIN_DECLS
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
-   text).  */
-extern char *gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid));
-extern char *__gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
-extern char *dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
-			    __const char *__msgid));
-extern char *__dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
-			      __const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
-   locale.  */
-extern char *dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
-			     __const char *__msgid, int __category));
-extern char *__dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
-			       __const char *__msgid, int __category));
-
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
-   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
-   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
-extern char *textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname));
-extern char *__textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname));
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
-   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
-extern char *bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname,
-				  __const char *__dirname));
-extern char *__bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname,
-				    __const char *__dirname));
-
-
-/* Optimized version of the function above.  */
-#if defined __OPTIMIZED
-/* These must be a macro.  Inlined functions are useless because the
-   `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
-   false.  */
-
-# define gettext(msgid) dgettext (NULL, msgid)
-
-# define dgettext(domainname, msgid)					      \
-  dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
-
-# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
-#  define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category)			      \
-  (__extension__							      \
-   ({									      \
-     char *result;							      \
-     if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid))					      \
-       {								      \
-	 extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;					      \
-	 static char *__translation__;					      \
-	 static int __catalog_counter__;				      \
-	 if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr)    \
-	   {								      \
-	     __translation__ =						      \
-	       __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category));		      \
-	     __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;			      \
-	   }								      \
-	 result = __translation__;					      \
-       }								      \
-     else								      \
-       result = __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category));	      \
-     result;								      \
-    }))
-# endif
-#endif /* Optimizing. */
-
-
-__END_DECLS
-
-#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/linux-msg.sed b/intl/linux-msg.sed
deleted file mode 100644
index 5918e720..00000000
--- a/intl/linux-msg.sed
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to Linux style .msg file
-# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-#
-# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
-# message set number.  We use always set number 1.
-#
-1 {
-  i\
-$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
-  h
-  s/.*/0/
-  x
-}
-#
-# Mitch's old catalog format does not allow comments.
-#
-# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
-#
-/^msgid/ {
-  s/msgid[ 	]*"//
-#
-# This does not work now with the new format.
-# /"$/! {
-#   s/\\$//
-#   s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
-# }
-  x
-# The following nice solution is by
-# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
-  td
-# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
-# First hide trailing `9' digits.
-  :d
-  s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
-  td
-# Assure at least one digit is available.
-  s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
-# Increment the last digit.
-  s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
-  s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
-  s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
-  s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
-  s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
-  s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
-  s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
-  s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
-  s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
-# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
-  s/_/0/g
-  x
-  G
-  s/\(.*\)"\n\([0-9]*\)/$ #\2 Original Message:(\1)/p
-}
-#
-# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
-# but each given a unique ID.  Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
-# each message we assign them to the messages.
-# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
-# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here.  (At least the order
-# of declarations must not be changed.)
-#
-/^msgstr/ {
-  s/msgstr[ 	]*"\(.*\)"/# \1/
-# Clear substitution flag.
-  tb
-# Append the next line.
-  :b
-  N
-# Look whether second part is continuation line.
-  s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
-# Yes, then branch.
-  ta
-  P
-  D
-# Note that D includes a jump to the start!!
-# We found a continuation line.  But before printing insert '\'.
-  :a
-  s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
-  P
-# We cannot use D here.
-  s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
-  tb
-}
-d
diff --git a/intl/loadinfo.h b/intl/loadinfo.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b8612607..00000000
--- a/intl/loadinfo.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
-#define _LOADINFO_H	1
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef internal_function
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
-   almost always true or almost always false.  */
-#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
-# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
-#endif
-
-/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames.  */
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
-  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
-# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
-#else
-  /* Unix */
-# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
-#endif
-
-/* Encoding of locale name parts.  */
-#define CEN_REVISION		1
-#define CEN_SPONSOR		2
-#define CEN_SPECIAL		4
-#define XPG_NORM_CODESET	8
-#define XPG_CODESET		16
-#define TERRITORY		32
-#define CEN_AUDIENCE		64
-#define XPG_MODIFIER		128
-
-#define CEN_SPECIFIC	(CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
-#define XPG_SPECIFIC	(XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
-
-
-struct loaded_l10nfile
-{
-  const char *filename;
-  int decided;
-
-  const void *data;
-
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
-};
-
-
-/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
-   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
-   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
-   freed by the caller.  */
-extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
-						  size_t name_len));
-
-extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
-_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
-			    const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
-			    const char *language, const char *territory,
-			    const char *codeset,
-			    const char *normalized_codeset,
-			    const char *modifier, const char *special,
-			    const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
-			    const char *filename, int do_allocate));
-
-
-extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
-
-/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by
-   the caller.  */
-extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
-				     const char **modifier,
-				     const char **territory,
-				     const char **codeset,
-				     const char **normalized_codeset,
-				     const char **special,
-				     const char **sponsor,
-				     const char **revision));
-
-extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
-
-#endif	/* loadinfo.h */
diff --git a/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/intl/loadmsgcat.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f99ebee3..00000000
--- a/intl/loadmsgcat.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,567 +0,0 @@
-/* Load needed message catalogs.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
-   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
-   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-#  include <alloca.h>
-# else
-#  ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-#  else
-#   ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <langinfo.h>
-# include <locale.h>
-#endif
-
-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
-    || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES)
-# include <sys/mman.h>
-# undef HAVE_MMAP
-# define HAVE_MMAP	1
-#else
-# undef HAVE_MMAP
-#endif
-
-#include "gettext.h"
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ISO C functions.  This is required by the standard
-   because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
-   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
-# define open   __open
-# define close  __close
-# define read   __read
-# define mmap   __mmap
-# define munmap __munmap
-#endif
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
-#else
-# define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__
-#endif
-
-/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
-   some additional code emulating it.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-# define freea(p) /* nothing */
-#else
-# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
-# define freea(p) free (p)
-#endif
-
-/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
-   O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */
-#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
-  /* For MSC-compatible compilers.  */
-# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
-# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
-#endif
-#ifdef __BEOS__
-  /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect.  */
-# undef O_BINARY
-# undef O_TEXT
-#endif
-/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default.  */
-#ifndef O_BINARY
-# define O_BINARY 0
-#endif
-
-/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
-   with all translations.  This is important if the translations are
-   cached by one of GCC's features.  */
-int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
-    || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
-
-/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
-   form determination.  It represents the expression  "n != 1".  */
-static const struct expression plvar =
-{
-  .nargs = 0,
-  .operation = var,
-};
-static const struct expression plone =
-{
-  .nargs = 0,
-  .operation = num,
-  .val =
-  {
-    .num = 1
-  }
-};
-static struct expression germanic_plural =
-{
-  .nargs = 2,
-  .operation = not_equal,
-  .val =
-  {
-    .args =
-    {
-      [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
-      [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
-    }
-  }
-};
-
-# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
-
-#else
-
-/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
-   Initialization at run-time.  */
-
-static struct expression plvar;
-static struct expression plone;
-static struct expression germanic_plural;
-
-static void
-init_germanic_plural ()
-{
-  if (plone.val.num == 0)
-    {
-      plvar.nargs = 0;
-      plvar.operation = var;
-
-      plone.nargs = 0;
-      plone.operation = num;
-      plone.val.num = 1;
-
-      germanic_plural.nargs = 2;
-      germanic_plural.operation = not_equal;
-      germanic_plural.val.args[0] = &plvar;
-      germanic_plural.val.args[1] = &plone;
-    }
-}
-
-# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
-
-#endif
-
-
-/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
-   Return the header entry.  */
-const char *
-internal_function
-_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
-     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
-     struct loaded_domain *domain;
-     struct binding *domainbinding;
-{
-  /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
-     This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "".  If this
-     entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
-     information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
-     current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion.  */
-  char *nullentry;
-  size_t nullentrylen;
-
-  /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg.  */
-  domain->codeset_cntr =
-    (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
-  domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
-# endif
-#endif
-  domain->conv_tab = NULL;
-
-  /* Get the header entry.  */
-  nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
-
-  if (nullentry != NULL)
-    {
-#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
-      const char *charsetstr;
-
-      charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
-      if (charsetstr != NULL)
-	{
-	  size_t len;
-	  char *charset;
-	  const char *outcharset;
-
-	  charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
-	  len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
-
-	  charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
-# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
-	  *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
-# else
-	  memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
-	  charset[len] = '\0';
-# endif
-
-	  /* The output charset should normally be determined by the
-	     locale.  But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
-	     set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
-	     this.  Moreover, the value specified through
-	     bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both.  */
-	  if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
-	    outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
-	      if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
-		{
-# ifdef _LIBC
-		  outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string;
-# else
-#  if HAVE_ICONV
-		  extern const char *locale_charset (void);
-		  outcharset = locale_charset ();
-#  endif
-# endif
-		}
-	    }
-
-# ifdef _LIBC
-	  /* We always want to use transliteration.  */
-	  outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
-	  charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
-	  if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
-			    GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
-	      != __GCONV_OK)
-	    domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
-# else
-#  if HAVE_ICONV
-	  /* When using GNU libiconv, we want to use transliteration.  */
-#   if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
-	  len = strlen (outcharset);
-	  {
-	    char *tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
-	    memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
-	    memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
-	    outcharset = tmp;
-	  }
-#   endif
-	  domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
-#   if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
-	  freea (outcharset);
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-	  freea (charset);
-	}
-#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
-    }
-
-  return nullentry;
-}
-
-/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.  */
-void
-internal_function
-_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
-     struct loaded_domain *domain;
-{
-  if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
-    free (domain->conv_tab);
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
-    __gconv_close (domain->conv);
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
-  if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
-    iconv_close (domain->conv);
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME.  If it is no valid
-   message catalog do nothing.  */
-void
-internal_function
-_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
-     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
-     struct binding *domainbinding;
-{
-  int fd;
-  size_t size;
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  struct stat64 st;
-#else
-  struct stat st;
-#endif
-  struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
-  int use_mmap = 0;
-  struct loaded_domain *domain;
-  const char *nullentry;
-
-  domain_file->decided = 1;
-  domain_file->data = NULL;
-
-  /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
-     because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
-     a call to bind_textdomain_codeset).  */
-
-  /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
-     might be NULL.  This can happen when according to the given
-     specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
-     syntax.  */
-  if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
-    return;
-
-  /* Try to open the addressed file.  */
-  fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
-  if (fd == -1)
-    return;
-
-  /* We must know about the size of the file.  */
-  if (
-#ifdef _LIBC
-      __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
-#else
-      __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
-#endif
-      || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
-      || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
-    {
-      /* Something went wrong.  */
-      close (fd);
-      return;
-    }
-
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
-  /* Now we are ready to load the file.  If mmap() is available we try
-     this first.  If not available or it failed we try to load it.  */
-  data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
-					 MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
-
-  if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1))
-    {
-      /* mmap() call was successful.  */
-      close (fd);
-      use_mmap = 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-  /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
-     it manually.  */
-  if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
-    {
-      size_t to_read;
-      char *read_ptr;
-
-      data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
-      if (data == NULL)
-	return;
-
-      to_read = size;
-      read_ptr = (char *) data;
-      do
-	{
-	  long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
-	  if (nb <= 0)
-	    {
-#ifdef EINTR
-	      if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR)
-		continue;
-#endif
-	      close (fd);
-	      return;
-	    }
-	  read_ptr += nb;
-	  to_read -= nb;
-	}
-      while (to_read > 0);
-
-      close (fd);
-    }
-
-  /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
-     catalog file.  */
-  if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED,
-			0))
-    {
-      /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
-      if (use_mmap)
-	munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
-      else
-#endif
-	free (data);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
-  if (domain == NULL)
-    return;
-  domain_file->data = domain;
-
-  domain->data = (char *) data;
-  domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
-  domain->mmap_size = size;
-  domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
-
-  /* Fill in the information about the available tables.  */
-  switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
-    {
-    case 0:
-      domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
-      domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
-	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
-      domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
-	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
-      domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
-      domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
-	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
-      break;
-    default:
-      /* This is an invalid revision.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
-      if (use_mmap)
-	munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
-      else
-#endif
-	free (data);
-      free (domain);
-      domain_file->data = NULL;
-      return;
-    }
-
-  /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
-     the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
-     specified character set or the locale's character set.  */
-  nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
-
-  /* Also look for a plural specification.  */
-  if (nullentry != NULL)
-    {
-      const char *plural;
-      const char *nplurals;
-
-      plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
-      nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
-      if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
-	goto no_plural;
-      else
-	{
-	  /* First get the number.  */
-	  char *endp;
-	  unsigned long int n;
-	  struct parse_args args;
-
-	  nplurals += 9;
-	  while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace (*nplurals))
-	    ++nplurals;
-#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
-	  n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
-#else
-	  for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
-	    n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
-#endif
-	  domain->nplurals = n;
-	  if (nplurals == endp)
-	    goto no_plural;
-
-	  /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
-	     scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
-	     passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
-	     is passed down to the parser.  */
-	  plural += 7;
-	  args.cp = plural;
-	  if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
-	    goto no_plural;
-	  domain->plural = args.res;
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
-         for `one', the plural form otherwise.  Yes, this is also what
-         English is using since English is a Germanic language.  */
-    no_plural:
-      INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
-      domain->plural = &germanic_plural;
-      domain->nplurals = 2;
-    }
-}
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-void
-internal_function
-_nl_unload_domain (domain)
-     struct loaded_domain *domain;
-{
-  if (domain->plural != &germanic_plural)
-    __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
-
-  _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
-
-# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
-  if (domain->use_mmap)
-    munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
-  else
-# endif	/* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */
-    free ((void *) domain->data);
-
-  free (domain);
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/localcharset.c b/intl/localcharset.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 61f8f3e8..00000000
--- a/intl/localcharset.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,271 +0,0 @@
-/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
-# include <stddef.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
-# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
-# define WIN32
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WIN32
-# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
-#  include <langinfo.h>
-# else
-#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
-#   include <locale.h>
-#  endif
-# endif
-#else /* WIN32 */
-# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-# include <windows.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
-# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ISSLASH
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
-#endif
-
-/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
-   possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
-   are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
-   'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
-   and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
-   are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix.  */
-#if __STDC__ != 1
-# define volatile /* empty */
-#endif
-/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
-   read, else NULL.  Its format is:
-   ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0'  */
-static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
-
-/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file.  */
-static const char *
-get_charset_aliases ()
-{
-  const char *cp;
-
-  cp = charset_aliases;
-  if (cp == NULL)
-    {
-#ifndef WIN32
-      FILE *fp;
-      const char *dir = LIBDIR;
-      const char *base = "charset.alias";
-      char *file_name;
-
-      /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name.  */
-      {
-	size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
-	size_t base_len = strlen (base);
-	int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
-	file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
-	if (file_name != NULL)
-	  {
-	    memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
-	    if (add_slash)
-	      file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
-	    memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
-	  }
-      }
-
-      if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
-	/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty.  */
-	cp = "";
-      else
-	{
-	  /* Parse the file's contents.  */
-	  int c;
-	  char buf1[50+1];
-	  char buf2[50+1];
-	  char *res_ptr = NULL;
-	  size_t res_size = 0;
-	  size_t l1, l2;
-
-	  for (;;)
-	    {
-	      c = getc (fp);
-	      if (c == EOF)
-		break;
-	      if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
-		continue;
-	      if (c == '#')
-		{
-		  /* Skip comment, to end of line.  */
-		  do
-		    c = getc (fp);
-		  while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
-		  if (c == EOF)
-		    break;
-		  continue;
-		}
-	      ungetc (c, fp);
-	      if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
-		break;
-	      l1 = strlen (buf1);
-	      l2 = strlen (buf2);
-	      if (res_size == 0)
-		{
-		  res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
-		  res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
-		  res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
-		}
-	      if (res_ptr == NULL)
-		{
-		  /* Out of memory. */
-		  res_size = 0;
-		  break;
-		}
-	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
-	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
-	    }
-	  fclose (fp);
-	  if (res_size == 0)
-	    cp = "";
-	  else
-	    {
-	      *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
-	      cp = res_ptr;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      if (file_name != NULL)
-	free (file_name);
-
-#else /* WIN32 */
-
-      /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
-	 directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
-	 runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
-
-      cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
-	   "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
-#endif
-
-      charset_aliases = cp;
-    }
-
-  return cp;
-}
-
-/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
-   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
-   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
-   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
-   name.  */
-
-#ifdef STATIC
-STATIC
-#endif
-const char *
-locale_charset ()
-{
-  const char *codeset;
-  const char *aliases;
-
-#ifndef WIN32
-
-# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
-
-  /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
-  codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
-
-# else
-
-  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv.  */
-  const char *locale = NULL;
-
-  /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales.  Some
-     (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale.  Therefore we don't
-     use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
-     locale name the user has set.  */
-#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
-  locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
-#  endif
-  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
-    {
-      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
-      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
-	{
-	  locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
-	  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
-	    locale = getenv ("LANG");
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
-     you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
-     through the charset.alias file.  */
-  codeset = locale;
-
-# endif
-
-#else /* WIN32 */
-
-  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
-
-  /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
-  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
-  codeset = buf;
-
-#endif
-
-  if (codeset == NULL)
-    /* The canonical name cannot be determined.  */
-    codeset = "";
-
-  /* Resolve alias. */
-  for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
-       *aliases != '\0';
-       aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
-    if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
-	|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
-      {
-	codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
-	break;
-      }
-
-  return codeset;
-}
diff --git a/intl/locale.alias b/intl/locale.alias
deleted file mode 100644
index bd7b9b31..00000000
--- a/intl/locale.alias
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-# Locale name alias data base.
-# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-# USA.
-
-# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
-# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
-#	/usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
-# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
-# All entries are case independent.
-
-# Note: This file is far from being complete.  If you have a value for
-# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
-# it with the rest of us.  Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
-# bugs@gnu.org.
-
-# Packages using this file: 
-
-bokmal		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-bokmål		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-catalan		ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
-croatian	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
-czech		cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
-danish          da_DK.ISO-8859-1
-dansk		da_DK.ISO-8859-1
-deutsch		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
-dutch		nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
-eesti		et_EE.ISO-8859-1
-estonian	et_EE.ISO-8859-1
-finnish         fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
-français	fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
-french		fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
-galego		gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
-galician	gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
-german		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
-greek           el_GR.ISO-8859-7
-hebrew          he_IL.ISO-8859-8
-hrvatski	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
-hungarian       hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
-icelandic       is_IS.ISO-8859-1
-italian         it_IT.ISO-8859-1
-japanese	ja_JP.eucJP
-japanese.euc	ja_JP.eucJP
-ja_JP		ja_JP.eucJP
-ja_JP.ujis	ja_JP.eucJP
-japanese.sjis	ja_JP.SJIS
-korean		ko_KR.eucKR
-korean.euc 	ko_KR.eucKR
-ko_KR		ko_KR.eucKR
-lithuanian      lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
-nb_NO		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-norwegian       no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-nynorsk		nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
-polish          pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
-portuguese      pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
-romanian        ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
-russian         ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
-slovak          sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
-slovene         sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
-slovenian       sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
-spanish         es_ES.ISO-8859-1
-swedish         sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
-thai		th_TH.TIS-620
-turkish         tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
diff --git a/intl/localealias.c b/intl/localealias.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 91e7acc9..00000000
--- a/intl/localealias.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,404 +0,0 @@
-/* Handle aliases for locale names.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
-   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
-   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-#  include <alloca.h>
-# else
-#  ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-#  else
-#   ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include <string.h>
-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
-# ifndef strchr
-#  define strchr index
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
-   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
-   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
-# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
-
-# ifndef mempcpy
-#  define mempcpy __mempcpy
-# endif
-# define HAVE_MEMPCPY	1
-
-/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places.  */
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-
-__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef internal_function
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
-   some additional code emulating it.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-# define freea(p) /* nothing */
-#else
-# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
-# define freea(p) free (p)
-#endif
-
-#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
-# undef fgets
-# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
-#endif
-#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
-# undef feof
-# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
-#endif
-
-
-struct alias_map
-{
-  const char *alias;
-  const char *value;
-};
-
-
-static char *string_space;
-static size_t string_space_act;
-static size_t string_space_max;
-static struct alias_map *map;
-static size_t nmap;
-static size_t maxmap;
-
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
-static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
-     internal_function;
-static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
-static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
-				  const struct alias_map *map2));
-
-
-const char *
-_nl_expand_alias (name)
-    const char *name;
-{
-  static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
-  struct alias_map *retval;
-  const char *result = NULL;
-  size_t added;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  __libc_lock_lock (lock);
-#endif
-
-  do
-    {
-      struct alias_map item;
-
-      item.alias = name;
-
-      if (nmap > 0)
-	retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
-					       sizeof (struct alias_map),
-					       (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
-								 const void *))
-						) alias_compare);
-      else
-	retval = NULL;
-
-      /* We really found an alias.  Return the value.  */
-      if (retval != NULL)
-	{
-	  result = retval->value;
-	  break;
-	}
-
-      /* Perhaps we can find another alias file.  */
-      added = 0;
-      while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
-	{
-	  const char *start;
-
-	  while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
-	    ++locale_alias_path;
-	  start = locale_alias_path;
-
-	  while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
-		 && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
-	    ++locale_alias_path;
-
-	  if (start < locale_alias_path)
-	    added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
-	}
-    }
-  while (added != 0);
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
-#endif
-
-  return result;
-}
-
-
-static size_t
-internal_function
-read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
-     const char *fname;
-     int fname_len;
-{
-  FILE *fp;
-  char *full_fname;
-  size_t added;
-  static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
-
-  full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
-#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
-  mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
-	   aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
-#else
-  memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
-  memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
-#endif
-
-  fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
-  freea (full_fname);
-  if (fp == NULL)
-    return 0;
-
-  added = 0;
-  while (!feof (fp))
-    {
-      /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
-	 a) we are only interested in the first two fields
-	 b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
-	    be that long
-       */
-      char buf[BUFSIZ];
-      char *alias;
-      char *value;
-      char *cp;
-
-      if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
-	/* EOF reached.  */
-	break;
-
-      /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer.  Ignore
-	 the rest of the line.  */
-      if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
-	{
-	  char altbuf[BUFSIZ];
-	  do
-	    if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL)
-	      /* Make sure the inner loop will be left.  The outer loop
-		 will exit at the `feof' test.  */
-	      break;
-	  while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL);
-	}
-
-      cp = buf;
-      /* Ignore leading white space.  */
-      while (isspace (cp[0]))
-	++cp;
-
-      /* A leading '#' signals a comment line.  */
-      if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
-	{
-	  alias = cp++;
-	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
-	    ++cp;
-	  /* Terminate alias name.  */
-	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
-	    *cp++ = '\0';
-
-	  /* Now look for the beginning of the value.  */
-	  while (isspace (cp[0]))
-	    ++cp;
-
-	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
-	    {
-	      size_t alias_len;
-	      size_t value_len;
-
-	      value = cp++;
-	      while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
-		++cp;
-	      /* Terminate value.  */
-	      if (cp[0] == '\n')
-		{
-		  /* This has to be done to make the following test
-		     for the end of line possible.  We are looking for
-		     the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here.  */
-		  *cp++ = '\0';
-		  *cp = '\n';
-		}
-	      else if (cp[0] != '\0')
-		*cp++ = '\0';
-
-	      if (nmap >= maxmap)
-		if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
-		  return added;
-
-	      alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
-	      value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
-
-	      if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
-		{
-		  /* Increase size of memory pool.  */
-		  size_t new_size = (string_space_max
-				     + (alias_len + value_len > 1024
-					? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
-		  char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
-		  if (new_pool == NULL)
-		    return added;
-
-		  if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
-		    {
-		      size_t i;
-
-		      for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
-			{
-			  map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
-			  map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
-			}
-		    }
-
-		  string_space = new_pool;
-		  string_space_max = new_size;
-		}
-
-	      map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
-					alias, alias_len);
-	      string_space_act += alias_len;
-
-	      map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
-					value, value_len);
-	      string_space_act += value_len;
-
-	      ++nmap;
-	      ++added;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Should we test for ferror()?  I think we have to silently ignore
-     errors.  --drepper  */
-  fclose (fp);
-
-  if (added > 0)
-    qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
-	   (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
-
-  return added;
-}
-
-
-static int
-extend_alias_table ()
-{
-  size_t new_size;
-  struct alias_map *new_map;
-
-  new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
-  new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
-						* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
-  if (new_map == NULL)
-    /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core.  */
-    return -1;
-
-  map = new_map;
-  maxmap = new_size;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-static void __attribute__ ((unused))
-free_mem (void)
-{
-  if (string_space != NULL)
-    free (string_space);
-  if (map != NULL)
-    free (map);
-}
-text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
-#endif
-
-
-static int
-alias_compare (map1, map2)
-     const struct alias_map *map1;
-     const struct alias_map *map2;
-{
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
-  return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
-#else
-  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
-  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
-  unsigned char c1, c2;
-
-  if (p1 == p2)
-    return 0;
-
-  do
-    {
-      /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
-	 some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters.  */
-      c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
-      c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
-      if (c1 == '\0')
-	break;
-      ++p1;
-      ++p2;
-    }
-  while (c1 == c2);
-
-  return c1 - c2;
-#endif
-}
diff --git a/intl/ngettext.c b/intl/ngettext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fb3ec5a9..00000000
--- a/intl/ngettext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define __need_NULL
-# include <stddef.h>
-#else
-# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
-# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
-#else
-# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
-# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
-   text).  */
-char *
-NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
-     const char *msgid1;
-     const char *msgid2;
-     unsigned long int n;
-{
-  return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/plural.c b/intl/plural.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 640d43cc..00000000
--- a/intl/plural.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1326 +0,0 @@
-
-/*  A Bison parser, made from plural.y
-    by GNU Bison version 1.28  */
-
-#define YYBISON 1  /* Identify Bison output.  */
-
-#define yyparse __gettextparse
-#define yylex __gettextlex
-#define yyerror __gettexterror
-#define yylval __gettextlval
-#define yychar __gettextchar
-#define yydebug __gettextdebug
-#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs
-#define	EQUOP2	257
-#define	CMPOP2	258
-#define	ADDOP2	259
-#define	MULOP2	260
-#define	NUMBER	261
-
-#line 1 "plural.y"
-
-/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
-   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-/* The bison generated parser uses alloca.  AIX 3 forces us to put this
-   declaration at the beginning of the file.  The declaration in bison's
-   skeleton file comes too late.  This must come before <config.h>
-   because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.  */
-#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
- #pragma alloca
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
-#else
-# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
-# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
-#endif
-
-#define YYLEX_PARAM	&((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM	arg
-
-#line 53 "plural.y"
-typedef union {
-  unsigned long int num;
-  enum operator op;
-  struct expression *exp;
-} YYSTYPE;
-#line 59 "plural.y"
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
-static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
-					   struct expression * const *args));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
-						   struct expression *right));
-static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
-					     struct expression *left,
-					     struct expression *right));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
-						   struct expression *bexp,
-						   struct expression *tbranch,
-						   struct expression *fbranch));
-static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
-static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
-
-/* Allocation of expressions.  */
-
-static struct expression *
-new_exp (nargs, op, args)
-     int nargs;
-     enum operator op;
-     struct expression * const *args;
-{
-  int i;
-  struct expression *newp;
-
-  /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL.  */
-  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
-    if (args[i] == NULL)
-      goto fail;
-
-  /* Allocate a new expression.  */
-  newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
-  if (newp != NULL)
-    {
-      newp->nargs = nargs;
-      newp->operation = op;
-      for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
-	newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
-      return newp;
-    }
-
- fail:
-  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
-    FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
-
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_0 (op)
-     enum operator op;
-{
-  return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_1 (op, right)
-     enum operator op;
-     struct expression *right;
-{
-  struct expression *args[1];
-
-  args[0] = right;
-  return new_exp (1, op, args);
-}
-
-static struct expression *
-new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
-     enum operator op;
-     struct expression *left;
-     struct expression *right;
-{
-  struct expression *args[2];
-
-  args[0] = left;
-  args[1] = right;
-  return new_exp (2, op, args);
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
-     enum operator op;
-     struct expression *bexp;
-     struct expression *tbranch;
-     struct expression *fbranch;
-{
-  struct expression *args[3];
-
-  args[0] = bexp;
-  args[1] = tbranch;
-  args[2] = fbranch;
-  return new_exp (3, op, args);
-}
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-#ifndef __STDC__
-#define const
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-
-#define	YYFINAL		27
-#define	YYFLAG		-32768
-#define	YYNTBASE	16
-
-#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18)
-
-static const char yytranslate[] = {     0,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,    10,     2,     2,     2,     2,     5,     2,    14,
-    15,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,    12,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     3,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,    13,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     4,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     1,     6,     7,     8,     9,
-    11
-};
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-static const short yyprhs[] = {     0,
-     0,     2,     8,    12,    16,    20,    24,    28,    32,    35,
-    37,    39
-};
-
-static const short yyrhs[] = {    17,
-     0,    17,     3,    17,    12,    17,     0,    17,     4,    17,
-     0,    17,     5,    17,     0,    17,     6,    17,     0,    17,
-     7,    17,     0,    17,     8,    17,     0,    17,     9,    17,
-     0,    10,    17,     0,    13,     0,    11,     0,    14,    17,
-    15,     0
-};
-
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-static const short yyrline[] = { 0,
-   178,   186,   190,   194,   198,   202,   206,   210,   214,   218,
-   222,   227
-};
-#endif
-
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0 || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
-
-static const char * const yytname[] = {   "$","error","$undefined.","'?'","'|'",
-"'&'","EQUOP2","CMPOP2","ADDOP2","MULOP2","'!'","NUMBER","':'","'n'","'('","')'",
-"start","exp", NULL
-};
-#endif
-
-static const short yyr1[] = {     0,
-    16,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,
-    17,    17
-};
-
-static const short yyr2[] = {     0,
-     1,     5,     3,     3,     3,     3,     3,     3,     2,     1,
-     1,     3
-};
-
-static const short yydefact[] = {     0,
-     0,    11,    10,     0,     1,     9,     0,     0,     0,     0,
-     0,     0,     0,     0,    12,     0,     3,     4,     5,     6,
-     7,     8,     0,     2,     0,     0,     0
-};
-
-static const short yydefgoto[] = {    25,
-     5
-};
-
-static const short yypact[] = {    -9,
-    -9,-32768,-32768,    -9,    34,-32768,    11,    -9,    -9,    -9,
-    -9,    -9,    -9,    -9,-32768,    24,    39,    43,    16,    26,
-    -3,-32768,    -9,    34,    21,    53,-32768
-};
-
-static const short yypgoto[] = {-32768,
-    -1
-};
-
-
-#define	YYLAST		53
-
-
-static const short yytable[] = {     6,
-     1,     2,     7,     3,     4,    14,    16,    17,    18,    19,
-    20,    21,    22,     8,     9,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,
-    26,    24,    12,    13,    14,    15,     8,     9,    10,    11,
-    12,    13,    14,    13,    14,    23,     8,     9,    10,    11,
-    12,    13,    14,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,    11,    12,
-    13,    14,    27
-};
-
-static const short yycheck[] = {     1,
-    10,    11,     4,    13,    14,     9,     8,     9,    10,    11,
-    12,    13,    14,     3,     4,     5,     6,     7,     8,     9,
-     0,    23,     7,     8,     9,    15,     3,     4,     5,     6,
-     7,     8,     9,     8,     9,    12,     3,     4,     5,     6,
-     7,     8,     9,     5,     6,     7,     8,     9,     6,     7,
-     8,     9,     0
-};
-#define YYPURE 1
-
-/* -*-C-*-  Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines.  */
-#line 3 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
-/* This file comes from bison-1.28.  */
-
-/* Skeleton output parser for bison,
-   Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
-   Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
-   This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
-   in version 1.24 of Bison.  */
-
-/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser
-  when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
-  It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
-  used when %semantic_parser is specified.  */
-
-#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#ifdef alloca
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#else /* alloca not defined */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#define alloca __builtin_alloca
-#else /* not GNU C.  */
-#if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386))
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#include <alloca.h>
-#else /* not sparc */
-/* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C.  */
-/* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea
-   since that symbol is in the user namespace.  */
-#if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__)
-#if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace;
-	 instead, just don't use alloca.  */
-#include <malloc.h>
-#endif
-#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
-#if defined(_AIX)
-/* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace.
-   So I turned it off.   rms, 2 May 1997.  */
-/* #include <malloc.h>  */
- #pragma alloca
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */
-#if 0
-#ifdef __hpux /* haible@ilog.fr says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up,
-		 and on HPUX 10.  Eventually we can turn this on.  */
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#define alloca __builtin_alloca
-#endif /* __hpux */
-#endif
-#endif /* not _AIX */
-#endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
-#endif /* not sparc */
-#endif /* not GNU C */
-#endif /* alloca not defined */
-#endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */
-
-#ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
-#else
-#define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
-#endif
-
-/* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file.
-   It is replaced by the list of actions, each action
-   as one case of the switch.  */
-
-#define yyerrok		(yyerrstatus = 0)
-#define yyclearin	(yychar = YYEMPTY)
-#define YYEMPTY		-2
-#define YYEOF		0
-#define YYACCEPT	goto yyacceptlab
-#define YYABORT 	goto yyabortlab
-#define YYERROR		goto yyerrlab1
-/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.
-   This remains here temporarily to ease the
-   transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
-   Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go.  */
-#define YYFAIL		goto yyerrlab
-#define YYRECOVERING()  (!!yyerrstatus)
-#define YYBACKUP(token, value) \
-do								\
-  if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1)				\
-    { yychar = (token), yylval = (value);			\
-      yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);				\
-      YYPOPSTACK;						\
-      goto yybackup;						\
-    }								\
-  else								\
-    { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; }	\
-while (0)
-
-#define YYTERROR	1
-#define YYERRCODE	256
-
-#ifndef YYPURE
-#define YYLEX		yylex()
-#endif
-
-#ifdef YYPURE
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
-#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
-#else
-#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval, &yylloc)
-#endif
-#else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
-#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
-#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
-#else
-#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval)
-#endif
-#endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
-#endif
-
-/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */
-
-#ifndef YYPURE
-
-int	yychar;			/*  the lookahead symbol		*/
-YYSTYPE	yylval;			/*  the semantic value of the		*/
-				/*  lookahead symbol			*/
-
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-YYLTYPE yylloc;			/*  location data for the lookahead	*/
-				/*  symbol				*/
-#endif
-
-int yynerrs;			/*  number of parse errors so far       */
-#endif  /* not YYPURE */
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-int yydebug;			/*  nonzero means print parse trace	*/
-/* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers
-   from coexisting.  */
-#endif
-
-/*  YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks	*/
-
-#ifndef	YYINITDEPTH
-#define YYINITDEPTH 200
-#endif
-
-/*  YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to
-    (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used).  */
-
-#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
-#undef YYMAXDEPTH
-#endif
-
-#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
-#define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
-#endif
-
-/* Define __yy_memcpy.  Note that the size argument
-   should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC
-   definitions require.  With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg
-   of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int.  */
-
-#if __GNUC__ > 1		/* GNU C and GNU C++ define this.  */
-#define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)	__builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)
-#else				/* not GNU C or C++ */
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-
-/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
-   in available built-in functions on various systems.  */
-static void
-__yy_memcpy (to, from, count)
-     char *to;
-     char *from;
-     unsigned int count;
-{
-  register char *f = from;
-  register char *t = to;
-  register int i = count;
-
-  while (i-- > 0)
-    *t++ = *f++;
-}
-
-#else /* __cplusplus */
-
-/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
-   in available built-in functions on various systems.  */
-static void
-__yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count)
-{
-  register char *t = to;
-  register char *f = from;
-  register int i = count;
-
-  while (i-- > 0)
-    *t++ = *f++;
-}
-
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#line 217 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
-
-/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed
-   into yyparse.  The argument should have type void *.
-   It should actually point to an object.
-   Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it
-   to the proper pointer type.  */
-
-#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
-#else /* not __cplusplus */
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
-#endif /* not __cplusplus */
-#else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
-#endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
-
-/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
-int yyparse (void *);
-#else
-int yyparse (void);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-int
-yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
-     YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
-{
-  register int yystate;
-  register int yyn;
-  register short *yyssp;
-  register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
-  int yyerrstatus;	/*  number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */
-  int yychar1 = 0;		/*  lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */
-
-  short	yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];	/*  the state stack			*/
-  YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];	/*  the semantic value stack		*/
-
-  short *yyss = yyssa;		/*  refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */
-  YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;	/*  to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */
-
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-  YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH];	/*  the location stack			*/
-  YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
-  YYLTYPE *yylsp;
-
-#define YYPOPSTACK   (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
-#else
-#define YYPOPSTACK   (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
-#endif
-
-  int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
-  int yyfree_stacks = 0;
-
-#ifdef YYPURE
-  int yychar;
-  YYSTYPE yylval;
-  int yynerrs;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-  YYLTYPE yylloc;
-#endif
-#endif
-
-  YYSTYPE yyval;		/*  the variable used to return		*/
-				/*  semantic values from the action	*/
-				/*  routines				*/
-
-  int yylen;
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-  if (yydebug)
-    fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n");
-#endif
-
-  yystate = 0;
-  yyerrstatus = 0;
-  yynerrs = 0;
-  yychar = YYEMPTY;		/* Cause a token to be read.  */
-
-  /* Initialize stack pointers.
-     Waste one element of value and location stack
-     so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
-     The wasted elements are never initialized.  */
-
-  yyssp = yyss - 1;
-  yyvsp = yyvs;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-  yylsp = yyls;
-#endif
-
-/* Push a new state, which is found in  yystate  .  */
-/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
-   have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks.  */
-yynewstate:
-
-  *++yyssp = yystate;
-
-  if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
-    {
-      /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */
-      /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */
-      YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
-      short *yyss1 = yyss;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-      YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
-#endif
-
-      /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements.  */
-      int size = yyssp - yyss + 1;
-
-#ifdef yyoverflow
-      /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of
-	 the data in use in that stack, in bytes.  */
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-      /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
-	 but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro.  */
-      yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
-		 &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
-		 &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
-		 &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp),
-		 &yystacksize);
-#else
-      yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
-		 &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
-		 &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
-		 &yystacksize);
-#endif
-
-      yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-      yyls = yyls1;
-#endif
-#else /* no yyoverflow */
-      /* Extend the stack our own way.  */
-      if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH)
-	{
-	  yyerror("parser stack overflow");
-	  if (yyfree_stacks)
-	    {
-	      free (yyss);
-	      free (yyvs);
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-	      free (yyls);
-#endif
-	    }
-	  return 2;
-	}
-      yystacksize *= 2;
-      if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH)
-	yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
-#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-      yyfree_stacks = 1;
-#endif
-      yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp));
-      __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1,
-		   size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp));
-      yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp));
-      __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1,
-		   size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp));
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-      yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp));
-      __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1,
-		   size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp));
-#endif
-#endif /* no yyoverflow */
-
-      yyssp = yyss + size - 1;
-      yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-      yylsp = yyls + size - 1;
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-      if (yydebug)
-	fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize);
-#endif
-
-      if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
-	YYABORT;
-    }
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-  if (yydebug)
-    fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate);
-#endif
-
-  goto yybackup;
- yybackup:
-
-/* Do appropriate processing given the current state.  */
-/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one.  */
-/* yyresume: */
-
-  /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token.  */
-
-  yyn = yypact[yystate];
-  if (yyn == YYFLAG)
-    goto yydefault;
-
-  /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one.  */
-
-  /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF
-     or a valid token in external form.  */
-
-  if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
-    {
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-      if (yydebug)
-	fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: ");
-#endif
-      yychar = YYLEX;
-    }
-
-  /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */
-
-  if (yychar <= 0)		/* This means end of input. */
-    {
-      yychar1 = 0;
-      yychar = YYEOF;		/* Don't call YYLEX any more */
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-      if (yydebug)
-	fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n");
-#endif
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar);
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-      if (yydebug)
-	{
-	  fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
-	  /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning
-	     of a token, for further debugging info.  */
-#ifdef YYPRINT
-	  YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval);
-#endif
-	  fprintf (stderr, ")\n");
-	}
-#endif
-    }
-
-  yyn += yychar1;
-  if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1)
-    goto yydefault;
-
-  yyn = yytable[yyn];
-
-  /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state.
-     Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number.
-     Positive => shift, yyn is new state.
-       New state is final state => don't bother to shift,
-       just return success.
-     0, or most negative number => error.  */
-
-  if (yyn < 0)
-    {
-      if (yyn == YYFLAG)
-	goto yyerrlab;
-      yyn = -yyn;
-      goto yyreduce;
-    }
-  else if (yyn == 0)
-    goto yyerrlab;
-
-  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
-    YYACCEPT;
-
-  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-  if (yydebug)
-    fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
-#endif
-
-  /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof.  */
-  if (yychar != YYEOF)
-    yychar = YYEMPTY;
-
-  *++yyvsp = yylval;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-  *++yylsp = yylloc;
-#endif
-
-  /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status.  */
-  if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--;
-
-  yystate = yyn;
-  goto yynewstate;
-
-/* Do the default action for the current state.  */
-yydefault:
-
-  yyn = yydefact[yystate];
-  if (yyn == 0)
-    goto yyerrlab;
-
-/* Do a reduction.  yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with.  */
-yyreduce:
-  yylen = yyr2[yyn];
-  if (yylen > 0)
-    yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-  if (yydebug)
-    {
-      int i;
-
-      fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
-	       yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
-
-      /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result.  */
-      for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++)
-	fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]);
-      fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
-    }
-#endif
-
-
-  switch (yyn) {
-
-case 1:
-#line 179 "plural.y"
-{
-	    if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL)
-	      YYABORT;
-	    ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp;
-	  ;
-    break;}
-case 2:
-#line 187 "plural.y"
-{
-	    yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
-	  ;
-    break;}
-case 3:
-#line 191 "plural.y"
-{
-	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
-	  ;
-    break;}
-case 4:
-#line 195 "plural.y"
-{
-	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
-	  ;
-    break;}
-case 5:
-#line 199 "plural.y"
-{
-	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
-	  ;
-    break;}
-case 6:
-#line 203 "plural.y"
-{
-	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
-	  ;
-    break;}
-case 7:
-#line 207 "plural.y"
-{
-	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
-	  ;
-    break;}
-case 8:
-#line 211 "plural.y"
-{
-	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
-	  ;
-    break;}
-case 9:
-#line 215 "plural.y"
-{
-	    yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp);
-	  ;
-    break;}
-case 10:
-#line 219 "plural.y"
-{
-	    yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var);
-	  ;
-    break;}
-case 11:
-#line 223 "plural.y"
-{
-	    if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
-	      yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num;
-	  ;
-    break;}
-case 12:
-#line 228 "plural.y"
-{
-	    yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp;
-	  ;
-    break;}
-}
-   /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */
-#line 543 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
-
-  yyvsp -= yylen;
-  yyssp -= yylen;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-  yylsp -= yylen;
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-  if (yydebug)
-    {
-      short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
-      fprintf (stderr, "state stack now");
-      while (ssp1 != yyssp)
-	fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
-      fprintf (stderr, "\n");
-    }
-#endif
-
-  *++yyvsp = yyval;
-
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-  yylsp++;
-  if (yylen == 0)
-    {
-      yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line;
-      yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column;
-      yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line;
-      yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column;
-      yylsp->text = 0;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line;
-      yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column;
-    }
-#endif
-
-  /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction.
-     Determine what state that goes to,
-     based on the state we popped back to
-     and the rule number reduced by.  */
-
-  yyn = yyr1[yyn];
-
-  yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp;
-  if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
-    yystate = yytable[yystate];
-  else
-    yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE];
-
-  goto yynewstate;
-
-yyerrlab:   /* here on detecting error */
-
-  if (! yyerrstatus)
-    /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error.  */
-    {
-      ++yynerrs;
-
-#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
-      yyn = yypact[yystate];
-
-      if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST)
-	{
-	  int size = 0;
-	  char *msg;
-	  int x, count;
-
-	  count = 0;
-	  /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck.  */
-	  for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
-	       x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
-	    if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
-	      size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++;
-	  msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15);
-	  if (msg != 0)
-	    {
-	      strcpy(msg, "parse error");
-
-	      if (count < 5)
-		{
-		  count = 0;
-		  for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
-		       x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
-		    if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
-		      {
-			strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `");
-			strcat(msg, yytname[x]);
-			strcat(msg, "'");
-			count++;
-		      }
-		}
-	      yyerror(msg);
-	      free(msg);
-	    }
-	  else
-	    yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded");
-	}
-      else
-#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
-	yyerror("parse error");
-    }
-
-  goto yyerrlab1;
-yyerrlab1:   /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */
-
-  if (yyerrstatus == 3)
-    {
-      /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it.  */
-
-      /* return failure if at end of input */
-      if (yychar == YYEOF)
-	YYABORT;
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-      if (yydebug)
-	fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
-#endif
-
-      yychar = YYEMPTY;
-    }
-
-  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token
-     after shifting the error token.  */
-
-  yyerrstatus = 3;		/* Each real token shifted decrements this */
-
-  goto yyerrhandle;
-
-yyerrdefault:  /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */
-
-#if 0
-  /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens
-     should shift them.  */
-  yyn = yydefact[yystate];  /* If its default is to accept any token, ok.  Otherwise pop it.*/
-  if (yyn) goto yydefault;
-#endif
-
-yyerrpop:   /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */
-
-  if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT;
-  yyvsp--;
-  yystate = *--yyssp;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-  yylsp--;
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-  if (yydebug)
-    {
-      short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
-      fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
-      while (ssp1 != yyssp)
-	fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
-      fprintf (stderr, "\n");
-    }
-#endif
-
-yyerrhandle:
-
-  yyn = yypact[yystate];
-  if (yyn == YYFLAG)
-    goto yyerrdefault;
-
-  yyn += YYTERROR;
-  if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR)
-    goto yyerrdefault;
-
-  yyn = yytable[yyn];
-  if (yyn < 0)
-    {
-      if (yyn == YYFLAG)
-	goto yyerrpop;
-      yyn = -yyn;
-      goto yyreduce;
-    }
-  else if (yyn == 0)
-    goto yyerrpop;
-
-  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
-    YYACCEPT;
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-  if (yydebug)
-    fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, ");
-#endif
-
-  *++yyvsp = yylval;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-  *++yylsp = yylloc;
-#endif
-
-  yystate = yyn;
-  goto yynewstate;
-
- yyacceptlab:
-  /* YYACCEPT comes here.  */
-  if (yyfree_stacks)
-    {
-      free (yyss);
-      free (yyvs);
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-      free (yyls);
-#endif
-    }
-  return 0;
-
- yyabortlab:
-  /* YYABORT comes here.  */
-  if (yyfree_stacks)
-    {
-      free (yyss);
-      free (yyvs);
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-      free (yyls);
-#endif
-    }
-  return 1;
-}
-#line 233 "plural.y"
-
-
-void
-internal_function
-FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
-     struct expression *exp;
-{
-  if (exp == NULL)
-    return;
-
-  /* Handle the recursive case.  */
-  switch (exp->nargs)
-    {
-    case 3:
-      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
-      /* FALLTHROUGH */
-    case 2:
-      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
-      /* FALLTHROUGH */
-    case 1:
-      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
-      /* FALLTHROUGH */
-    default:
-      break;
-    }
-
-  free (exp);
-}
-
-
-static int
-yylex (lval, pexp)
-     YYSTYPE *lval;
-     const char **pexp;
-{
-  const char *exp = *pexp;
-  int result;
-
-  while (1)
-    {
-      if (exp[0] == '\0')
-	{
-	  *pexp = exp;
-	  return YYEOF;
-	}
-
-      if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
-	break;
-
-      ++exp;
-    }
-
-  result = *exp++;
-  switch (result)
-    {
-    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
-    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
-      {
-	unsigned long int n = result - '0';
-	while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
-	  {
-	    n *= 10;
-	    n += exp[0] - '0';
-	    ++exp;
-	  }
-	lval->num = n;
-	result = NUMBER;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case '=':
-      if (exp[0] == '=')
-	{
-	  ++exp;
-	  lval->op = equal;
-	  result = EQUOP2;
-	}
-      else
-	result = YYERRCODE;
-      break;
-
-    case '!':
-      if (exp[0] == '=')
-	{
-	  ++exp;
-	  lval->op = not_equal;
-	  result = EQUOP2;
-	}
-      break;
-
-    case '&':
-    case '|':
-      if (exp[0] == result)
-	++exp;
-      else
-	result = YYERRCODE;
-      break;
-
-    case '<':
-      if (exp[0] == '=')
-	{
-	  ++exp;
-	  lval->op = less_or_equal;
-	}
-      else
-	lval->op = less_than;
-      result = CMPOP2;
-      break;
-
-    case '>':
-      if (exp[0] == '=')
-	{
-	  ++exp;
-	  lval->op = greater_or_equal;
-	}
-      else
-	lval->op = greater_than;
-      result = CMPOP2;
-      break;
-
-    case '*':
-      lval->op = mult;
-      result = MULOP2;
-      break;
-
-    case '/':
-      lval->op = divide;
-      result = MULOP2;
-      break;
-
-    case '%':
-      lval->op = module;
-      result = MULOP2;
-      break;
-
-    case '+':
-      lval->op = plus;
-      result = ADDOP2;
-      break;
-
-    case '-':
-      lval->op = minus;
-      result = ADDOP2;
-      break;
-
-    case 'n':
-    case '?':
-    case ':':
-    case '(':
-    case ')':
-      /* Nothing, just return the character.  */
-      break;
-
-    case ';':
-    case '\n':
-    case '\0':
-      /* Be safe and let the user call this function again.  */
-      --exp;
-      result = YYEOF;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      result = YYERRCODE;
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-      --exp;
-#endif
-      break;
-    }
-
-  *pexp = exp;
-
-  return result;
-}
-
-
-static void
-yyerror (str)
-     const char *str;
-{
-  /* Do nothing.  We don't print error messages here.  */
-}
diff --git a/intl/plural.y b/intl/plural.y
deleted file mode 100644
index be049a6d..00000000
--- a/intl/plural.y
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,413 +0,0 @@
-%{
-/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
-   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-/* The bison generated parser uses alloca.  AIX 3 forces us to put this
-   declaration at the beginning of the file.  The declaration in bison's
-   skeleton file comes too late.  This must come before <config.h>
-   because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.  */
-#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
- #pragma alloca
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
-#else
-# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
-# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
-#endif
-
-#define YYLEX_PARAM	&((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM	arg
-%}
-%pure_parser
-%expect 10
-
-%union {
-  unsigned long int num;
-  enum operator op;
-  struct expression *exp;
-}
-
-%{
-/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
-static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
-					   struct expression * const *args));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
-						   struct expression *right));
-static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
-					     struct expression *left,
-					     struct expression *right));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
-						   struct expression *bexp,
-						   struct expression *tbranch,
-						   struct expression *fbranch));
-static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
-static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
-
-/* Allocation of expressions.  */
-
-static struct expression *
-new_exp (nargs, op, args)
-     int nargs;
-     enum operator op;
-     struct expression * const *args;
-{
-  int i;
-  struct expression *newp;
-
-  /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL.  */
-  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
-    if (args[i] == NULL)
-      goto fail;
-
-  /* Allocate a new expression.  */
-  newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
-  if (newp != NULL)
-    {
-      newp->nargs = nargs;
-      newp->operation = op;
-      for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
-	newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
-      return newp;
-    }
-
- fail:
-  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
-    FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
-
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_0 (op)
-     enum operator op;
-{
-  return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_1 (op, right)
-     enum operator op;
-     struct expression *right;
-{
-  struct expression *args[1];
-
-  args[0] = right;
-  return new_exp (1, op, args);
-}
-
-static struct expression *
-new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
-     enum operator op;
-     struct expression *left;
-     struct expression *right;
-{
-  struct expression *args[2];
-
-  args[0] = left;
-  args[1] = right;
-  return new_exp (2, op, args);
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
-     enum operator op;
-     struct expression *bexp;
-     struct expression *tbranch;
-     struct expression *fbranch;
-{
-  struct expression *args[3];
-
-  args[0] = bexp;
-  args[1] = tbranch;
-  args[2] = fbranch;
-  return new_exp (3, op, args);
-}
-
-%}
-
-/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
-   precedence order as in C.  See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
-   There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
-   Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
-   token, to save space in the array generated by bison.  */
-%right '?'		/*   ?		*/
-%left '|'		/*   ||		*/
-%left '&'		/*   &&		*/
-%left EQUOP2		/*   == !=	*/
-%left CMPOP2		/*   < > <= >=	*/
-%left ADDOP2		/*   + -	*/
-%left MULOP2		/*   * / %	*/
-%right '!'		/*   !		*/
-
-%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
-%token <num> NUMBER
-%type <exp> exp
-
-%%
-
-start:	  exp
-	  {
-	    if ($1 == NULL)
-	      YYABORT;
-	    ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
-	  }
-	;
-
-exp:	  exp '?' exp ':' exp
-	  {
-	    $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
-	  }
-	| exp '|' exp
-	  {
-	    $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
-	  }
-	| exp '&' exp
-	  {
-	    $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
-	  }
-	| exp EQUOP2 exp
-	  {
-	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
-	  }
-	| exp CMPOP2 exp
-	  {
-	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
-	  }
-	| exp ADDOP2 exp
-	  {
-	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
-	  }
-	| exp MULOP2 exp
-	  {
-	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
-	  }
-	| '!' exp
-	  {
-	    $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
-	  }
-	| 'n'
-	  {
-	    $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
-	  }
-	| NUMBER
-	  {
-	    if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
-	      $$->val.num = $1;
-	  }
-	| '(' exp ')'
-	  {
-	    $$ = $2;
-	  }
-	;
-
-%%
-
-void
-internal_function
-FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
-     struct expression *exp;
-{
-  if (exp == NULL)
-    return;
-
-  /* Handle the recursive case.  */
-  switch (exp->nargs)
-    {
-    case 3:
-      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
-      /* FALLTHROUGH */
-    case 2:
-      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
-      /* FALLTHROUGH */
-    case 1:
-      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
-      /* FALLTHROUGH */
-    default:
-      break;
-    }
-
-  free (exp);
-}
-
-
-static int
-yylex (lval, pexp)
-     YYSTYPE *lval;
-     const char **pexp;
-{
-  const char *exp = *pexp;
-  int result;
-
-  while (1)
-    {
-      if (exp[0] == '\0')
-	{
-	  *pexp = exp;
-	  return YYEOF;
-	}
-
-      if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
-	break;
-
-      ++exp;
-    }
-
-  result = *exp++;
-  switch (result)
-    {
-    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
-    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
-      {
-	unsigned long int n = result - '0';
-	while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
-	  {
-	    n *= 10;
-	    n += exp[0] - '0';
-	    ++exp;
-	  }
-	lval->num = n;
-	result = NUMBER;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case '=':
-      if (exp[0] == '=')
-	{
-	  ++exp;
-	  lval->op = equal;
-	  result = EQUOP2;
-	}
-      else
-	result = YYERRCODE;
-      break;
-
-    case '!':
-      if (exp[0] == '=')
-	{
-	  ++exp;
-	  lval->op = not_equal;
-	  result = EQUOP2;
-	}
-      break;
-
-    case '&':
-    case '|':
-      if (exp[0] == result)
-	++exp;
-      else
-	result = YYERRCODE;
-      break;
-
-    case '<':
-      if (exp[0] == '=')
-	{
-	  ++exp;
-	  lval->op = less_or_equal;
-	}
-      else
-	lval->op = less_than;
-      result = CMPOP2;
-      break;
-
-    case '>':
-      if (exp[0] == '=')
-	{
-	  ++exp;
-	  lval->op = greater_or_equal;
-	}
-      else
-	lval->op = greater_than;
-      result = CMPOP2;
-      break;
-
-    case '*':
-      lval->op = mult;
-      result = MULOP2;
-      break;
-
-    case '/':
-      lval->op = divide;
-      result = MULOP2;
-      break;
-
-    case '%':
-      lval->op = module;
-      result = MULOP2;
-      break;
-
-    case '+':
-      lval->op = plus;
-      result = ADDOP2;
-      break;
-
-    case '-':
-      lval->op = minus;
-      result = ADDOP2;
-      break;
-
-    case 'n':
-    case '?':
-    case ':':
-    case '(':
-    case ')':
-      /* Nothing, just return the character.  */
-      break;
-
-    case ';':
-    case '\n':
-    case '\0':
-      /* Be safe and let the user call this function again.  */
-      --exp;
-      result = YYEOF;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      result = YYERRCODE;
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-      --exp;
-#endif
-      break;
-    }
-
-  *pexp = exp;
-
-  return result;
-}
-
-
-static void
-yyerror (str)
-     const char *str;
-{
-  /* Do nothing.  We don't print error messages here.  */
-}
diff --git a/intl/po2tbl.sed.in b/intl/po2tbl.sed.in
deleted file mode 100644
index b3bcca4d..00000000
--- a/intl/po2tbl.sed.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets
-# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-1 {
-  i\
-/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot.  */\
-\
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H\
-# include <config.h>\
-#endif\
-\
-#include "libgettext.h"\
-\
-const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = {
-  h
-  s/.*/0/
-  x
-}
-#
-# Write msgid entries in C array form.
-#
-/^msgid/ {
-  s/msgid[ 	]*\(".*"\)/  {\1/
-  tb
-# Append the next line
-  :b
-  N
-# Look whether second part is continuation line.
-  s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/
-# Yes, then branch.
-  ta
-# Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line
-# just read cannot be again be a msgid line.  So it's safe to ignore
-# it.
-  s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/
-  bc
-# We found a continuation line.  But before printing insert '\'.
-  :a
-  s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
-  P
-# We cannot use D here.
-  s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
-# Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t'''
-# flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it.
-  tb
-# Not reached
-  :c
-  x
-# The following nice solution is by
-# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
-  td
-# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
-# First hide trailing `9' digits.
-  :d
-  s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
-  td
-# Assure at least one digit is available.
-  s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
-# Increment the last digit.
-  s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
-  s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
-  s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
-  s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
-  s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
-  s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
-  s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
-  s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
-  s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
-# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
-  s/_/0/g
-  x
-  G
-  s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/
-  s/\(.*\)"$/\1/
-  p
-}
-#
-# Last line.
-#
-$ {
-  i\
-};\
-
-  g
-  s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p
-}
-d
diff --git a/intl/ref-add.sin b/intl/ref-add.sin
deleted file mode 100644
index 167374e3..00000000
--- a/intl/ref-add.sin
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-#   any later version.
-#
-#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-#   Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-#   USA.
-#
-# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
-#
-/^# Packages using this file: / {
-  s/# Packages using this file://
-  ta
-  :a
-  s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
-  tb
-  s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
-  :b
-  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
-}
diff --git a/intl/ref-del.sin b/intl/ref-del.sin
deleted file mode 100644
index 613cf37f..00000000
--- a/intl/ref-del.sin
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-#   any later version.
-#
-#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-#   Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-#   USA.
-#
-# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
-#
-/^# Packages using this file: / {
-  s/# Packages using this file://
-  s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
-  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
-}
diff --git a/intl/textdomain.c b/intl/textdomain.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e420ad7..00000000
--- a/intl/textdomain.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications.  */
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-#else
-/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
-# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
-#endif
-
-/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
-   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
-   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
-#if !defined _LIBC
-# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
-# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Name of the default text domain.  */
-extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
-
-/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found.  */
-extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
-# ifndef strdup
-#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
-# endif
-#else
-# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
-#endif
-
-/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
-__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
-   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
-   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
-char *
-TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
-     const char *domainname;
-{
-  char *new_domain;
-  char *old_domain;
-
-  /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting.  */
-  if (domainname == NULL)
-    return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
-
-  __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
-
-  old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
-
-  /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages".  */
-  if (domainname[0] == '\0'
-      || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
-    {
-      _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
-      new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
-    }
-  else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
-    /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
-       environment variable changed.  */
-    new_domain = old_domain;
-  else
-    {
-      /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
-	 will be NULL.  This value will be returned and so signals we
-	 are out of core.  */
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
-      new_domain = strdup (domainname);
-#else
-      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
-      new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
-      if (new_domain != NULL)
-	memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
-#endif
-
-      if (new_domain != NULL)
-	_nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
-    }
-
-  /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
-     since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
-     to do it.  Do it only when the call was successful.  */
-  if (new_domain != NULL)
-    {
-      ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-      if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
-	free (old_domain);
-    }
-
-  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
-
-  return new_domain;
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/xopen-msg.sed b/intl/xopen-msg.sed
deleted file mode 100644
index b19c0bbd..00000000
--- a/intl/xopen-msg.sed
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to X/Open style .msg file
-# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-#
-# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
-# message set number.  We use always set number 1.
-#
-1 {
-  i\
-$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
-  h
-  s/.*/0/
-  x
-}
-#
-# We copy all comments into the .msg file.  Perhaps they can help.
-#
-/^#/ s/^#[ 	]*/$ /p
-#
-# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
-#
-/^msgid/ {
-# Does not work now
-#  /"$/! {
-#    s/\\$//
-#    s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
-#  }
-  s/^msgid[ 	]*"\(.*\)"$/$ Original Message: \1/
-  p
-}
-#
-# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
-# but each given a unique ID.  Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
-# each message we assign them to the messages.
-# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
-# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here.  (At least the order
-# of declarations must not be changed.)
-#
-/^msgstr/ {
-  s/msgstr[ 	]*"\(.*\)"/\1/
-  x
-# The following nice solution is by
-# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
-  td
-# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
-# First hide trailing `9' digits.
-  :d
-  s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
-  td
-# Assure at least one digit is available.
-  s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
-# Increment the last digit.
-  s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
-  s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
-  s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
-  s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
-  s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
-  s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
-  s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
-  s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
-  s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
-# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
-  s/_/0/g
-  x
-# Bring the line in the format `<number> <message>'
-  G
-  s/^[^\n]*$/& /
-  s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\2 \1/
-# Clear flag from last substitution.
-  tb
-# Append the next line.
-  :b
-  N
-# Look whether second part is a continuation line.
-  s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
-# Yes, then branch.
-  ta
-  P
-  D
-# Note that `D' includes a jump to the start!!
-# We found a continuation line.  But before printing insert '\'.
-  :a
-  s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
-  P
-# We cannot use the sed command `D' here
-  s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
-  tb
-}
-d
diff --git a/macros2/.cvsignore b/macros2/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 347fe394..00000000
--- a/macros2/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-Makefile
-macros.dep
-gnome2-macros.dep
diff --git a/macros2/ChangeLog b/macros2/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index f8533ad1..00000000
--- a/macros2/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,366 +0,0 @@
-2003-12-08  Rodney Dawes  <dobey@free.fr>
-
-	* autogen.sh: Update automake checks to check incremental
-	versions in the correct order, Fixes #128691
-
-2003-11-19  Malcolm Tredinnick <malcolm@commsecure.com.au>
-
-	* autogen.sh: Replace use of -or in a find command with -o.
-	Makes things work for people with less functional versions of
-	find. Fixes bug #127354 reported by Rolf Sponsel.
-
-2003-11-03    <clahey@ximian.com>
-
-	* gnome-common.m4: Removed ENABLE_WERROR and changed name to
-	GNOME_MAINTAINER_MODE_DEFINES.
-
-2003-11-01  Malcolm Tredinnick <malcolm@commsecure.com.au>
-
-	* autogen.sh: Make version checking work, as pointed out by
-	Michael H Schimek in bug #125818.
-
-2003-10-31    <clahey@ximian.com>
-
-	* gnome-common.m4: Changed name of new macro to
-	AM_MAINTAINER_MODE_DEFINES and added definition for ENABLE_WERROR.
-
-2003-10-31    <clahey@ximian.com>
-
-	* gnome-common.m4: New macro to disable deprecated functions and
-	widgets when maintainer mode is on.
-
-2003-08-10  Malcolm Tredinnick <malcolm@commsecure.com.au>
-
-	* autogen.sh: Show the version found for the various build tools
-	like automake, autoconf, libtool, etc. Patch from Steve Chaplin
-	(bug #119533).
-
-2003-08-05  Malcolm Tredinnick <malcolm@commsecure.com.au>
-
-	* compile-flags.m4: Continuing to try and get the flags passed
-	to g++ in GNOME_CXX_WARNINGS correct. Based on our best
-	attempts, the current set should work for the widest range of
-	g++ versions (see bug #118987 for the discussion).
-
-2003-08-03  Malcolm Tredinnick <malcolm@commsecure.com.au>
-
-	* compile-flags.m4: Simplify GNOME_CXX_WARNINGS. Fixes bug
-	#118987.
-
-2003-07-28  Malcolm Tredinnick <malcolm@commsecure.com.au>
-
-	* compiler-flags.m4: Default setting in the
-	GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS macro is now "yes". This fixes bug
-	#118479 (another good bit of debugging from Steve Chaplin).
-
-2003-07-20  Malcolm Tredinnick <malcolm@commsecure.com.au>
-
-	* compiler-flags.m4: Remove some redundant options as suggested
-	by Steve Chaplin in bug #115475. The warnings list looks simpler
-	now, but is no less functional.
-
-2003-07-15  Malcolm Tredinnick <malcolm@commsecure.com.au>
-
-	* autogen.sh: Fix a typo when reporting "forbidden" m4 macros.
-
-2003-06-20  Malcolm Tredinnick <malcolm@commsecure.com.au>
-
-	* autogen.sh: Fix some strangeness in the gnome-doc-common test.
-
-2003-06-19  Gustavo J. A. M. Carneiro  <gustavo@users.sourceforge.net>
-
-	* autogen.sh: Inserted missing "cd $dirname" to effectively
-	process subdirectories, since all it was doing was to process the
-	toplevel dir multiple times.
-
-	[Editor's note: also reported with patch by Elijah Newren in bug
-	#115481.]
-
-2003-05-21  Malcolm Tredinnick <malcolm@commsecure.com.au>
-
-	* autogen.sh: Ignore {arch} subdirectories. Fixes bug #113327.
-
-2003-05-04  Malcolm Tredinnick <malcolm@commsecure.com.au>
-	
-	* autogen.sh:
-	- Make this portable to Bourne-like shells. Fixes the problems
-	  pointed out by Morten Welinder in bug #110177.
-	- Extend the check_m4macros() function to handle Cygwin
-	  environments. Fixes bug #110947.
-
-2003-04-10  Ross Burton  <ross@burtonini.com>
-
-	* autogen.sh: Fix a typo in the glib-gettext checks.
-
-2003-03-07  Malcolm Tredinnick <malcolm@commsecure.com.au>
-	
-	* autogen.sh: Replace PACKAGE with PKG_NAME, since PKG_NAME is
-	what is defined by the various applications' autogen.sh. Also,
-	call autopoint rather than gettextize when appropriate (when
-	AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION is present).
-
-2003-02-27  Mark McLoughlin  <mark@skynet.ie>
-
-	* compiler-flags.m4: fix mixed up order of arguments to
-	AC_ARG_ENABLE that made --enable-compile-warnings not work
-	as expected.
-
-2003-02-24  James Henstridge  <james@daa.com.au>
-
-	* autogen.sh (forbid_m4macro): add function to forbid m4 macros.
-	Forbid gnome-cxx-check.m4, to try and catch setups where stale
-	macros are left on the system.
-
-2003-02-21  James Henstridge  <james@daa.com.au>
-
-	* autogen.sh (version_check): if $variable is set, then assume
-	it is correct and skip the version check.
-	(autoconf): check for autoconf2.50 first, so we don't trigger
-	Debian's sometimes broken autoconf version sniffer.
-
-2003-02-19  James Henstridge  <james@daa.com.au>
-
-	* Makefile.am (GNOME2_MACROS): remove check-utmp.m4 (copied it to
-	libzvt, which is the only thing using it).
-
-	* gnome-deprecated-macros.m4(GNOME_CHECK_CXX): AC_REQUIRE does not
-	work within AU_DEFUN, so change to a simple call to AC_PROG_CXX.
-
-2003-02-18  James Henstridge  <james@daa.com.au>
-
-	* autogen.sh (topdir): check to see if gnome-deprecated-macros.m4
-	ended up in aclocal.m4, and warn if so.
-
-	* gnome-platform.m4: kill this too (with a deprecation warning).
-
-	* gnome-cxx-check.m4: move to gnome-deprecated-macros.m4
-
-	* gnome-pkgconfig.m4: remove, and add a deprecation warning in its
-	place.
-
-	* gnome-x-checks.m4: remove, and add an AU_DEFUN in its place
-	telling people not to use it.
-
-	* linger.m4: removed outright.
-
-	* gnome-common.m4: remove GNOME_GTKDOC_CHECK, deprecated in favour
-	of GTK_DOC_CHECK.
-
-	* gnome-gettext.m4: remove file (people should be using gettextize
-	or glib-gettextize).
-
-	* gnome-deprecated-macros.m4: new file to hold deprecated macros.
-
-2003-02-14  Kalpesh Shah <kalpesh.shah@sun.com>
-
-	* check-utmp.m4: initialize UTMP structure properly. 
-	Fixes Bug#93774.
-	Patch reviewed by Andersca <andersca@gnu.org>
-
-2002-09-23  Bastien Nocera  <hadess@hadess.net>
-
-	* autogen.sh: exit if aclocal, autoheader, automake or autoconf
-	fails to run without warnings. Usually compilation would fail
-	afterwards with funky errors.
-	This is more anal than the version committed to the gnome-2-0 branch
-
-2002-08-18  Havoc Pennington  <hp@pobox.com>
-
-	* autogen.sh: hardcode aclocal-1.4/automake-1.4 so that users with
-	both automake 1.6 and 1.4 installed get the right automake. Means
-	compilation from CVS will now require the latest automake 1.4
-	release, or manually creating symlinks called "automake-1.4" and
-	"aclocal-1.4"
-
-Mon Aug 12 23:49:41 2002  HideToshi Tajima  <hidetoshi.tajima@sun.com>
-
-	* autogen.sh : use portable -o instead of GNU-ish -or for find test
-
-2002-08-10  Miles Lane  <miles_lane@yahoo.com>
-
-	* autogen.sh: fix the "find" test so that the presence of
-	  configure.in is reporteded.  Each expression requires its
-	  own -print flag.
-
-2002-08-10  Sebastian Rittau  <srittau@jroger.in-berlin.de>
-
-	* autogen.sh: support for configure.ac
-
-2002-05-10  Chema Celorio  <chema@celorio.com>
-
-	* compiler-flags.m4: fix GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS to work when a parameter is
-	passed. The arguments to AC_ARG_ENABLE where swapped
-
-2002-04-01  jacob berkman  <jacob@ximian.com>
-
-	* gnome-x-checks.m4 (GNOME2_X_CHECKS): kill bogus clearing of
-	LDFLAGS
-
-2001-10-29  jacob berkman  <jacob@ximian.com>
-
-	* autogen.sh: add check for glib-gettextize
-
-2001-10-15  Bastien Nocera  <hadess@hadess.net>
-
-	* Makefile.am, curses.m4: added curses.m4 (copied from the gnome1
-	macros. this file is needed to gdialog
-
-2001-10-02  Darin Adler  <darin@bentspoon.com>
-
-	* autogen.sh: Complete intltool support.
-
-2001-10-02  Darin Adler  <darin@bentspoon.com>
-
-	* autogen.sh: Add intltool support.
-
-2001-09-04  Frank Belew  <frb@ximian.com>
-
-	* autogen.sh: change gettext regexp to work with non-gnu grep
-
-2001-08-18  Darin Adler  <darin@bentspoon.com>
-
-	* autogen.sh: Don't ask people to ignore xml-i18n-tools messages.
-
-2001-08-04  Darin Adler  <darin@bentspoon.com>
-
-	* autogen.sh: Update gettext logic to allow anything that
-	starts with AM and ends with gettext. This makes it work with
-	AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT, which is what libbonobo is now using.
-
-2001-08-03  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	* gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_VERSION): Removed.
-	(GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_CFLAG): Removed.
-	(GNOME_PKGCONFIG_ACLOCALFLAGS): Removed.
-	(GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_OPTIONAL_MODULES): Removed.
-	(GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_MODULES): Removed.
-	(GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG): Use $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version
-	to check for the pkg-config version.
-
-2001-07-20  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	* gnome-pkgconfig.m4: Require pkg-config 0.8.0.
-
-2001-06-29  Laszlo Peter <laca@ireland.sun.com>
-
-	* gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_VERSION): Fix the regexp
-	to process all 6 version numbers.
-
-2001-06-22  Elliot Lee  <sopwith@redhat.com>
-
-	* gnome-gettext.m4: N'sync with the gnome1 version, bye bye buggies.
-
-2001-06-13  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	* gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG): Require pkg-config 0.7.0
-	and fix download URL.
-
-	* gnome-platform.m4: Require pkgconfig on the GNOME 2.0 platform.
-
-2001-06-01  Peter Williams  <peterw@ximian.com>
-
-	* autogen.sh: s,Gnome,$PKG_NAME,g
-
-2001-04-13  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	* gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_OPTIONAL_MODULES):
-	Set variable `have_<name>' to yes or no depending on whether the
-	module was found or not; allows you to define automake conditionals
-	for optional modules.
-
-2001-03-24  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	* autogen.sh: Add the xml-i18n-tools stuff here.
-
-2000-12-01  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	* compile-warnings.m4: Improved compile warnings check; the
-	--enable-compile-warnings parameter now takes 5 different
-	values (no/minimum/yes/maximum/error). AC_SUBST(WARN_CFLAGS).
-
-2000-11-29  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	* gnome.m4, gnome-gnorba-check.m4, gnome-fileutils.m4: Removed.
-
-2000-11-26  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* gnome-x-checks.m4 (GNOME2_X_CHECKS): Use
-	GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_MODULES.
-
-	* gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_VERSION): Don't
-	AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG]).
-	(GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG): Check for pkg-config >= 0.4.1.
-
-2000-11-22  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* gnome-pkgconfig.m4: Added GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_OPTIONAL_MODULES
-	to check for a list of optional modules.
-
-	* gnome-platform.m4: Require GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG.
-
-2000-11-22  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* gnome-platform.m4: New file. This defines
-	GNOME_PLATFORM_GNOME_2.
-
-	* gnome-pkgconfig.m4: Disable the --extra-flags argument to
-	pkg-config, this doesn't exist anymore.
-
-2000-11-22  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* gnome-pkgconfig.m4: New file. This defines
-	GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG, GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG and
-	GNOME_PKGCONFIG_* macros from pkg-config.
-
-2000-11-21  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	* gnome-support.m4, need-declaration.m4: Removed.
-
-2000-09-30  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	* gnome-x-checks.m4: Switch to pkg-config to check for GTK+ 2.0;
-	Removed all `gnome_cv_passdown_x_*' variables and `USE_DEVGTK'.
-
-	* gnome-common.m4 (GNOME_COMMON_INIT): Added the always-false
-	INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON automake conditional.
-	(GNOME_GTKDOC_CHECK): New macro.
-	(GNOME_DEBUG_CHECK): New macro.
-
-Thu Aug 24 02:28:57 2000  George Lebl <jirka@5z.com>
-
-	* gnome-x-checks.m4: use the correct name in AC_PROVIDE
-
-2000-08-06  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	* gnome-x-checks.m4 (GNOME_X_CHECKS): Renamed
-	to GNOME2_X_CHECKS.
-
-2000-07-24  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* autogen.sh: Removed some old crap in it.
-	* aclocal-include.m4: Removed.
-
-	* gnome-x-checks.m4: Check for GTK+ 2.0.
-
-2000-07-24  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	* autogen.sh: Make it work with AM_GNOME2_GETTEXT.
-	* check-utmp.m4: New file.
-
-2000-07-24  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	Synced with gnome-libs/gnome-data.
-
-2000-06-09  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* gnome-common.m4: We need this here as well.
-
-2000-05-29  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	* Makefile.am: New file. Install this stuff into
-	`$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome2-macros'.
-
-	* gnome.m4: New file. Copied from `hack-macros' dir.
-
-	* autogen.sh: New file. Copied from `macros' dir.
-
diff --git a/macros2/Makefile.am b/macros2/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 705d73d6..00000000
--- a/macros2/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-## Please update this variable if any new macros are created
-
-GNOME2_MACROS = \
-  compiler-flags.m4 \
-  curses.m4 \
-  gnome-common.m4 \
-  gnome-deprecated-macros.m4
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(GNOME2_MACROS) autogen.sh
-MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = macros2.dep
-
-@MAINT@macros2.dep: Makefile.am
-@MAINT@	@echo '$$(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4: $(GNOME2_MACROS:%=macros2/%)' > $@
-
-if INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON
-gnome2_aclocaldir = $(datadir)/aclocal/gnome2-macros
-
-gnome2-macros.dep: Makefile.am
-	@echo '$$(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4: $(GNOME2_MACROS:%=$(gnome2_aclocaldir)/%)' > $@
-
-gnome2_aclocal_DATA = $(GNOME2_MACROS) autogen.sh gnome2-macros.dep
-
-endif
diff --git a/macros2/README.cvs-commits b/macros2/README.cvs-commits
deleted file mode 100644
index 88e3d581..00000000
--- a/macros2/README.cvs-commits
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS -
-which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects
-a very large number of modules.
-
-Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you
-commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me
-a patch <martin@gnome.org> and I'll commit it for you it it's ok.
-
-Thanks for your understanding,
-
-August 1st, 2001
-Martin Baulig <martin@gnome.org>
-
diff --git a/macros2/autogen.sh b/macros2/autogen.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index bdde7086..00000000
--- a/macros2/autogen.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,383 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc.
-
-#name of package
-PKG_NAME=${PKG_NAME:-Package}
-srcdir=${srcdir:-.}
-
-# default version requirements ...
-REQUIRED_AUTOCONF_VERSION=${REQUIRED_AUTOCONF_VERSION:-2.53}
-REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION=${REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION:-1.4}
-REQUIRED_LIBTOOL_VERSION=${REQUIRED_LIBTOOL_VERSION:-1.4.3}
-REQUIRED_GETTEXT_VERSION=${REQUIRED_GETTEXT_VERSION:-0.10.40}
-REQUIRED_GLIB_GETTEXT_VERSION=${REQUIRED_GLIB_GETTEXT_VERSION:-2.2.0}
-REQUIRED_INTLTOOL_VERSION=${REQUIRED_INTLTOOL_VERSION:-0.25}
-REQUIRED_PKG_CONFIG_VERSION=${REQUIRED_PKG_CONFIG_VERSION:-0.14.0}
-REQUIRED_GTK_DOC_VERSION=${REQUIRED_GTK_DOC_VERSION:-1.0}
-REQUIRED_DOC_COMMON_VERSION=${REQUIRED_DOC_COMMON_VERSION:-2.3.0}
-
-# a list of required m4 macros.  Package can set an initial value
-REQUIRED_M4MACROS=${REQUIRED_M4MACROS:-}
-FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS=${FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS:-}
-
-# if GNOME2_DIR set, modify ACLOCAL_FLAGS ...
-if [ -n "$GNOME2_DIR" ]; then
-    ACLOCAL_FLAGS="-I $GNOME2_DIR/share/aclocal $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
-    LD_LIBRARY_PATH="$GNOME2_DIR/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
-    PATH="$GNOME2_DIR/bin:$PATH"
-    export PATH
-    export LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-fi
-
-
-# Not all echo versions allow -n, so we check what is possible. This test is
-# based on the one in autoconf.
-case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
-  *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ;;
-  *c*,*  ) ECHO_N=-n ;;
-  *)       ECHO_N= ;;
-esac
-
-# some terminal codes ...
-boldface="`tput bold 2>/dev/null`"
-normal="`tput sgr0 2>/dev/null`"
-printbold() {
-    echo $ECHO_N "$boldface"
-    echo "$@"
-    echo $ECHO_N "$normal"
-}    
-printerr() {
-    echo "$@" >&2
-}
-
-# Usage:
-#     compare_versions MIN_VERSION ACTUAL_VERSION
-# returns true if ACTUAL_VERSION >= MIN_VERSION
-compare_versions() {
-    ch_min_version=$1
-    ch_actual_version=$2
-    ch_status=0
-    IFS="${IFS=         }"; ch_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="."
-    set $ch_actual_version
-    for ch_min in $ch_min_version; do
-        ch_cur=`echo $1 | sed 's/[^0-9].*$//'`; shift # remove letter suffixes
-        if [ -z "$ch_min" ]; then break; fi
-        if [ -z "$ch_cur" ]; then ch_status=1; break; fi
-        if [ $ch_cur -gt $ch_min ]; then break; fi
-        if [ $ch_cur -lt $ch_min ]; then ch_status=1; break; fi
-    done
-    IFS="$ch_save_IFS"
-    return $ch_status
-}
-
-# Usage:
-#     version_check PACKAGE VARIABLE CHECKPROGS MIN_VERSION SOURCE
-# checks to see if the package is available
-version_check() {
-    vc_package=$1
-    vc_variable=$2
-    vc_checkprogs=$3
-    vc_min_version=$4
-    vc_source=$5
-    vc_status=1
-
-    vc_checkprog=`eval echo "\\$$vc_variable"`
-    if [ -n "$vc_checkprog" ]; then
-	printbold "using $vc_checkprog for $vc_package"
-	return 0
-    fi
-
-    printbold "checking for $vc_package >= $vc_min_version..."
-    for vc_checkprog in $vc_checkprogs; do
-	echo $ECHO_N "  testing $vc_checkprog... "
-	if $vc_checkprog --version < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-	    vc_actual_version=`$vc_checkprog --version | head -1 | \
-                               sed 's/^.*[ 	]\([0-9.]*[a-z]*\).*$/\1/'`
-	    if compare_versions $vc_min_version $vc_actual_version; then
-		echo "found $vc_actual_version"
-		# set variable
-		eval "$vc_variable=$vc_checkprog"
-		vc_status=0
-		break
-	    else
-		echo "too old (found version $vc_actual_version)"
-	    fi
-	else
-	    echo "not found."
-	fi
-    done
-    if [ "$vc_status" != 0 ]; then
-	printerr "***Error***: You must have $vc_package >= $vc_min_version installed"
-	printerr "  to build $PKG_NAME.  Download the appropriate package for"
-	printerr "  from your distribution or get the source tarball at"
-        printerr "    $vc_source"
-	printerr
-    fi
-    return $vc_status
-}
-
-# Usage:
-#     require_m4macro filename.m4
-# adds filename.m4 to the list of required macros
-require_m4macro() {
-    case "$REQUIRED_M4MACROS" in
-	$1\ * | *\ $1\ * | *\ $1) ;;
-	*) REQUIRED_M4MACROS="$REQUIRED_M4MACROS $1" ;;
-    esac
-}
-
-forbid_m4macro() {
-    case "$FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS" in
-	$1\ * | *\ $1\ * | *\ $1) ;;
-	*) FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS="$FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS $1" ;;
-    esac
-}
-
-# Usage:
-#     check_m4macros
-# Checks that all the requested macro files are in the aclocal macro path
-# Uses REQUIRED_M4MACROS and ACLOCAL variables.
-check_m4macros() {
-    # construct list of macro directories
-    cm_macrodirs="`$ACLOCAL --print-ac-dir`"
-    set - $ACLOCAL_FLAGS
-    while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
-	if [ "$1" = "-I" ]; then
-	    cm_macrodirs="$cm_macrodirs $2"
-	    shift
-	fi
-	shift
-    done
-
-    cm_status=0
-    if [ -n "$REQUIRED_M4MACROS" ]; then
-	printbold "Checking for required M4 macros..."
-	# check that each macro file is in one of the macro dirs
-	for cm_macro in $REQUIRED_M4MACROS; do
-	    cm_macrofound=false
-	    for cm_dir in $cm_macrodirs; do
-		if [ -f "$cm_dir/$cm_macro" ]; then
-		    cm_macrofound=true
-		    break
-		fi
-		# The macro dir in Cygwin environments may contain a file
-		# called dirlist containing other directories to look in.
-		if [ -f "$cm_dir/dirlist" ]; then
-		    for cm_otherdir in `cat $cm_dir/dirlist`; do
-			if [ -f "$cm_otherdir/$cm_macro" ]; then
-			    cm_macrofound=true
-		            break
-			fi
-		    done
-		fi
-	    done
-	    if $cm_macrofound; then
-		:
-	    else
-		printerr "  $cm_macro not found"
-		cm_status=1
-	    fi
-	done
-    fi
-    if [ -n "$FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS" ]; then
-	printbold "Checking for forbidden M4 macros..."
-	# check that each macro file is in one of the macro dirs
-	for cm_macro in $FORBIDDEN_M4MACROS; do
-	    cm_macrofound=false
-	    for cm_dir in $cm_macrodirs; do
-		if [ -f "$cm_dir/$cm_macro" ]; then
-		    cm_macrofound=true
-		    break
-		fi
-	    done
-	    if $cm_macrofound; then
-		printerr "  $cm_macro found (should be cleared from macros dir)"
-		cm_status=1
-	    fi
-	done
-    fi
-    if [ "$cm_status" != 0 ]; then
-	printerr "***Error***: some autoconf macros required to build $PKG_NAME"
-	printerr "  were not found in your aclocal path, or some forbidden"
-	printerr "  macros were found.  Perhaps you need to adjust your"
-	printerr "  ACLOCAL_PATH?"
-	printerr
-    fi
-    return $cm_status
-}
-
-# try to catch the case where the macros2/ directory hasn't been cleared out.
-forbid_m4macro gnome-cxx-check.m4
-
-want_libtool=false
-want_gettext=false
-want_glib_gettext=false
-want_intltool=false
-want_pkg_config=false
-want_gtk_doc=false
-
-configure_files="`find $srcdir -name '{arch}' -prune -o -name configure.ac -print -o -name configure.in -print`"
-for configure_ac in $configure_files; do
-    if grep "^A[CM]_PROG_LIBTOOL" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then
-	want_libtool=true
-    fi
-    if grep "^AM_GNU_GETTEXT" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then
-	want_gettext=true
-    fi
-    if grep "^AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then
-	want_glib_gettext=true
-    fi
-    if grep "^AC_PROG_INTLTOOL" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then
-	want_intltool=true
-    fi
-    if grep "^PKG_CHECK_MODULES" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then
-	want_pkg_config=true
-    fi
-    if grep "^GTK_DOC_CHECK" $configure_ac >/dev/null; then
-	want_gtk_doc=true
-    fi
-done
-
-DIE=0
-
-#tell Mandrake autoconf wrapper we want autoconf 2.5x, not 2.13
-WANT_AUTOCONF_2_5=1
-export WANT_AUTOCONF_2_5
-version_check autoconf AUTOCONF 'autoconf2.50 autoconf autoconf-2.53' $REQUIRED_AUTOCONF_VERSION \
-    "http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/autoconf/autoconf-$REQUIRED_AUTOCONF_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1
-AUTOHEADER=`echo $AUTOCONF | sed s/autoconf/autoheader/`
-
-case $REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION in
-    1.4*) automake_progs="automake-1.4" ;;
-    1.5*) automake_progs="automake-1.5 automake-1.6 automake-1.7" ;;
-    1.6*) automake_progs="automake-1.6 automake-1.7" ;;
-    1.7*) automake_progs="automake-1.7" ;;
-esac
-version_check automake AUTOMAKE "$automake_progs" $REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION \
-    "http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/automake/automake-$REQUIRED_AUTOMAKE_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1
-ACLOCAL=`echo $AUTOMAKE | sed s/automake/aclocal/`
-
-if $want_libtool; then
-    version_check libtool LIBTOOLIZE libtoolize $REQUIRED_LIBTOOL_VERSION \
-        "http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/libtool/libtool-$REQUIRED_LIBTOOL_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1
-    require_m4macro libtool.m4
-fi
-
-if $want_gettext; then
-    version_check gettext GETTEXTIZE gettextize $REQUIRED_GETTEXT_VERSION \
-        "http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/gettext/gettext-$REQUIRED_GETTEXT_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1
-    require_m4macro gettext.m4
-fi
-
-if $want_glib_gettext; then
-    version_check glib-gettext GLIB_GETTEXTIZE glib-gettextize $REQUIRED_GLIB_GETTEXT_VERSION \
-        "ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/v2.2/glib-$REQUIRED_GLIB_GETTEXT_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1
-    require_m4macro glib-gettext.m4
-fi
-
-if $want_intltool; then
-    version_check intltool INTLTOOLIZE intltoolize $REQUIRED_INTLTOOL_VERSION \
-        "http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/sources/intltool/" || DIE=1
-    require_m4macro intltool.m4
-fi
-
-if $want_pkg_config; then
-    version_check pkg-config PKG_CONFIG pkg-config $REQUIRED_PKG_CONFIG_VERSION \
-        "'http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig/releases/pkgconfig-$REQUIRED_PKG_CONFIG_VERSION.tar.gz" || DIE=1
-    require_m4macro pkg.m4
-fi
-
-if $want_gtk_doc; then
-    version_check gtk-doc GTKDOCIZE gtkdocize $REQUIRED_GTK_DOC_VERSION \
-        "http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/sources/gtk-doc/" || DIE=1
-    require_m4macro gtk-doc.m4
-fi
-
-if [ "x$USE_COMMON_DOC_BUILD" = "xyes" ]; then
-    version_check gnome-common DOC_COMMON gnome-doc-common \
-        $REQUIRED_DOC_COMMON_VERSION " " || DIE=1
-fi
-
-check_m4macros || DIE=1
-
-if [ "$DIE" -eq 1 ]; then
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-if test -z "$*"; then
-  printerr "**Warning**: I am going to run \`configure' with no arguments."
-  printerr "If you wish to pass any to it, please specify them on the"
-  printerr \`$0\'" command line."
-  printerr
-fi
-
-topdir=`pwd`
-for configure_ac in $configure_files; do 
-    dirname=`dirname $configure_ac`
-    basename=`basename $configure_ac`
-    if test -f $dirname/NO-AUTO-GEN; then
-	echo skipping $dirname -- flagged as no auto-gen
-    else
-	printbold "Processing $configure_ac"
-	cd $dirname
-
-	aclocalinclude="$ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
-	printbold "Running $ACLOCAL..."
-	$ACLOCAL $aclocalinclude || exit 1
-
-	if grep "GNOME_AUTOGEN_OBSOLETE" aclocal.m4 >/dev/null; then
-	    printerr "*** obsolete gnome macros were used in $configure_ac"
-	fi
-
-	if grep "^A[CM]_PROG_LIBTOOL" $basename >/dev/null; then
-	    printbold "Running $LIBTOOLIZE..."
-	    $LIBTOOLIZE --force || exit 1
-	fi
-	if grep "^AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT" $basename >/dev/null; then
-	    printbold "Running $GLIB_GETTEXTIZE... Ignore non-fatal messages."
-	    echo "no" | $GLIB_GETTEXTIZE --force --copy || exit 1
-	elif grep "^AM_GNU_GETTEXT" $basename >/dev/null; then
-	   if grep "^AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION" $basename > /dev/null; then
-	   	printbold "Running autopoint..."
-		autopoint --force || exit 1
-	   else
-	    	printbold "Running $GETTEXTIZE... Ignore non-fatal messages."
-	    	echo "no" | $GETTEXTIZE --force --copy || exit 1
-	   fi
-	fi
-	if grep "^AC_PROG_INTLTOOL" $basename >/dev/null; then
-	    printbold "Running $INTLTOOLIZE..."
-	    $INTLTOOLIZE --force --automake || exit 1
-	fi
-	if grep "^GTK_DOC_CHECK" $basename >/dev/null; then
-	    printbold "Running $GTKDOCIZE..."
-	    $GTKDOCIZE || exit 1
-	fi
-	if grep "^A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER" $basename >/dev/null; then
-	    printbold "Running $AUTOHEADER..."
-	    $AUTOHEADER || exit 1
-	fi
-	if [ "x$USE_COMMON_DOC_BUILD" = "xyes" ]; then
-	    printbold "Running gnome-doc-common..."
-	    gnome-doc-common --copy || exit 1
-	fi
-
-	printbold "Running $AUTOMAKE..."
-	$AUTOMAKE --gnu --add-missing || exit 1
-
-	printbold "Running $AUTOCONF..."
-	$AUTOCONF || exit 1
-
-	cd $topdir
-    fi
-done
-
-conf_flags="--enable-maintainer-mode"
-
-if test x$NOCONFIGURE = x; then
-    printbold Running $srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" ...
-    $srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" \
-	&& echo Now type \`make\' to compile $PKG_NAME || exit 1
-else
-    echo Skipping configure process.
-fi
diff --git a/macros2/compiler-flags.m4 b/macros2/compiler-flags.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index b2b022c0..00000000
--- a/macros2/compiler-flags.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-dnl GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS
-dnl Turn on many useful compiler warnings
-dnl For now, only works on GCC
-AC_DEFUN([GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS],[
-    dnl ******************************
-    dnl More compiler warnings
-    dnl ******************************
-
-    if test -z "$1" ; then
-	default_compile_warnings=yes
-    else
-	default_compile_warnings="$1"
-    fi
-
-    AC_ARG_ENABLE(compile-warnings, 
-    [  --enable-compile-warnings=[no/minimum/yes/maximum/error]	Turn on compiler warnings.],, [enable_compile_warnings="$default_compile_warnings"])
-
-    warnCFLAGS=
-    if test "x$GCC" != xyes; then
-	enable_compile_warnings=no
-    fi
-
-    warning_flags=
-    realsave_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-
-    case "$enable_compile_warnings" in
-    no)
-	warning_flags=
-	;;
-    minimum)
-	warning_flags="-Wall"
-	;;
-    yes)
-	warning_flags="-Wall -Wmissing-prototypes"
-	;;
-    maximum|error)
-	warning_flags="-Wall -Wmissing-prototypes -Wnested-externs -Wpointer-arith"
-	CFLAGS="$warning_flags $CFLAGS"
-	for option in -Wno-sign-compare; do
-		SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $option"
-		AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether gcc understands $option])
-		AC_TRY_COMPILE([], [],
-			has_option=yes,
-			has_option=no,)
-		CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
-		AC_MSG_RESULT($has_option)
-		if test $has_option = yes; then
-		  warning_flags="$warning_flags $option"
-		fi
-		unset has_option
-		unset SAVE_CFLAGS
-	done
-	unset option
-	if test "$enable_compile_warnings" = "error" ; then
-	    warning_flags="$warning_flags -Werror"
-	fi
-	;;
-    *)
-	AC_MSG_ERROR(Unknown argument '$enable_compile_warnings' to --enable-compile-warnings)
-	;;
-    esac
-    CFLAGS="$realsave_CFLAGS"
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING(what warning flags to pass to the C compiler)
-    AC_MSG_RESULT($warning_flags)
-
-    AC_ARG_ENABLE(iso-c,
-    [  --enable-iso-c          Try to warn if code is not ISO C ],,
-    enable_iso_c=no)
-
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING(what language compliance flags to pass to the C compiler)
-    complCFLAGS=
-    if test "x$enable_iso_c" != "xno"; then
-	if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
-	case " $CFLAGS " in
-	    *[\ \	]-ansi[\ \	]*) ;;
-	    *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -ansi" ;;
-	esac
-	case " $CFLAGS " in
-	    *[\ \	]-pedantic[\ \	]*) ;;
-	    *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -pedantic" ;;
-	esac
-	fi
-    fi
-    AC_MSG_RESULT($complCFLAGS)
-
-    WARN_CFLAGS="$warning_flags $complCFLAGS"
-    AC_SUBST(WARN_CFLAGS)
-])
-
-dnl For C++, do basically the same thing.
-
-AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CXX_WARNINGS],[
-  AC_ARG_ENABLE(cxx-warnings, 
-    [  --enable-cxx-warnings=[no/minimum/yes]	Turn on compiler warnings.],,enable_cxx_warnings=minimum)
-
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING(what warning flags to pass to the C++ compiler)
-  warnCXXFLAGS=
-  if test "x$GCC" != xyes; then
-    enable_compile_warnings=no
-  fi
-  if test "x$enable_cxx_warnings" != "xno"; then
-    if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
-      case " $CXXFLAGS " in
-      *[\ \	]-Wall[\ \	]*) ;;
-      *) warnCXXFLAGS="-Wall -Wno-unused" ;;
-      esac
-
-      ## -W is not all that useful.  And it cannot be controlled
-      ## with individual -Wno-xxx flags, unlike -Wall
-      if test "x$enable_cxx_warnings" = "xyes"; then
-	warnCXXFLAGS="$warnCXXFLAGS -Wshadow -Woverloaded-virtual"
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($warnCXXFLAGS)
-
-   AC_ARG_ENABLE(iso-cxx,
-     [  --enable-iso-cxx          Try to warn if code is not ISO C++ ],,
-     enable_iso_cxx=no)
-
-   AC_MSG_CHECKING(what language compliance flags to pass to the C++ compiler)
-   complCXXFLAGS=
-   if test "x$enable_iso_cxx" != "xno"; then
-     if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
-      case " $CXXFLAGS " in
-      *[\ \	]-ansi[\ \	]*) ;;
-      *) complCXXFLAGS="$complCXXFLAGS -ansi" ;;
-      esac
-
-      case " $CXXFLAGS " in
-      *[\ \	]-pedantic[\ \	]*) ;;
-      *) complCXXFLAGS="$complCXXFLAGS -pedantic" ;;
-      esac
-     fi
-   fi
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($complCXXFLAGS)
-
-  WARN_CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS $warnCXXFLAGS $complCXXFLAGS"
-  AC_SUBST(WARN_CXXFLAGS)
-])
diff --git a/macros2/curses.m4 b/macros2/curses.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 5307e13d..00000000
--- a/macros2/curses.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,318 +0,0 @@
-dnl Curses detection: Munged from Midnight Commander's configure.in
-dnl
-dnl What it does:
-dnl =============
-dnl
-dnl - Determine which version of curses is installed on your system
-dnl   and set the -I/-L/-l compiler entries and add a few preprocessor
-dnl   symbols 
-dnl - Do an AC_SUBST on the CURSES_INCLUDEDIR and CURSES_LIBS so that
-dnl   @CURSES_INCLUDEDIR@ and @CURSES_LIBS@ will be available in
-dnl   Makefile.in's
-dnl - Modify the following configure variables (these are the only
-dnl   curses.m4 variables you can access from within configure.in)
-dnl   CURSES_INCLUDEDIR - contains -I's and possibly -DRENAMED_CURSES if
-dnl                       an ncurses.h that's been renamed to curses.h
-dnl                       is found.
-dnl   CURSES_LIBS       - sets -L and -l's appropriately
-dnl   CFLAGS            - if --with-sco, add -D_SVID3 
-dnl   has_curses        - exports result of tests to rest of configure
-dnl
-dnl Usage:
-dnl ======
-dnl 1) Add lines indicated below to acconfig.h
-dnl 2) call AC_CHECK_CURSES after AC_PROG_CC in your configure.in
-dnl 3) Instead of #include <curses.h> you should use the following to
-dnl    properly locate ncurses or curses header file
-dnl
-dnl    #if defined(USE_NCURSES) && !defined(RENAMED_NCURSES)
-dnl    #include <ncurses.h>
-dnl    #else
-dnl    #include <curses.h>
-dnl    #endif
-dnl
-dnl 4) Make sure to add @CURSES_INCLUDEDIR@ to your preprocessor flags
-dnl 5) Make sure to add @CURSES_LIBS@ to your linker flags or LIBS
-dnl
-dnl Notes with automake:
-dnl - call AM_CONDITIONAL(HAS_CURSES, test "$has_curses" = true) from
-dnl   configure.in
-dnl - your Makefile.am can look something like this
-dnl   -----------------------------------------------
-dnl   INCLUDES= blah blah blah $(CURSES_INCLUDEDIR) 
-dnl   if HAS_CURSES
-dnl   CURSES_TARGETS=name_of_curses_prog
-dnl   endif
-dnl   bin_PROGRAMS = other_programs $(CURSES_TARGETS)
-dnl   other_programs_SOURCES = blah blah blah
-dnl   name_of_curses_prog_SOURCES = blah blah blah
-dnl   other_programs_LDADD = blah
-dnl   name_of_curses_prog_LDADD = blah $(CURSES_LIBS)
-dnl   -----------------------------------------------
-dnl
-dnl
-dnl The following lines should be added to acconfig.h:
-dnl ==================================================
-dnl
-dnl /*=== Curses version detection defines ===*/
-dnl /* Found some version of curses that we're going to use */
-dnl #undef HAS_CURSES
-dnl    
-dnl /* Use SunOS SysV curses? */
-dnl #undef USE_SUNOS_CURSES
-dnl 
-dnl /* Use old BSD curses - not used right now */
-dnl #undef USE_BSD_CURSES
-dnl 
-dnl /* Use SystemV curses? */
-dnl #undef USE_SYSV_CURSES
-dnl 
-dnl /* Use Ncurses? */
-dnl #undef USE_NCURSES
-dnl 
-dnl /* If you Curses does not have color define this one */
-dnl #undef NO_COLOR_CURSES
-dnl 
-dnl /* Define if you want to turn on SCO-specific code */
-dnl #undef SCO_FLAVOR
-dnl 
-dnl /* Set to reflect version of ncurses *
-dnl  *   0 = version 1.*
-dnl  *   1 = version 1.9.9g
-dnl  *   2 = version 4.0/4.1 */
-dnl #undef NCURSES_970530
-dnl
-dnl /*=== End new stuff for acconfig.h ===*/
-dnl 
-
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_CURSES],[
-	search_ncurses=true
-	screen_manager=""
-	has_curses=false
-
-	CFLAGS=${CFLAGS--O}
-
-	AC_SUBST(CURSES_LIBS)
-	AC_SUBST(CURSES_INCLUDEDIR)
-
-	AC_ARG_WITH(sco,
-	  [  --with-sco              Use this to turn on SCO-specific code],[
-	  if test x$withval = xyes; then
-		AC_DEFINE(SCO_FLAVOR)
-		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_SVID3"
-	  fi
-	])
-
-	AC_ARG_WITH(sunos-curses,
-	  [  --with-sunos-curses     Used to force SunOS 4.x curses],[
-	  if test x$withval = xyes; then
-		AC_USE_SUNOS_CURSES
-	  fi
-	])
-
-	AC_ARG_WITH(osf1-curses,
-	  [  --with-osf1-curses      Used to force OSF/1 curses],[
-	  if test x$withval = xyes; then
-		AC_USE_OSF1_CURSES
-	  fi
-	])
-
-	AC_ARG_WITH(vcurses,
-	  [  --with-vcurses[=incdir] Used to force SysV curses],
-	  if test x$withval != xyes; then
-		CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="-I$withval"
-	  fi
-	  AC_USE_SYSV_CURSES
-	)
-
-	AC_ARG_WITH(ncurses,
-	  [  --with-ncurses[=dir]  Compile with ncurses/locate base dir],
-	  if test x$withval = xno ; then
-		search_ncurses=false
-	  elif test x$withval != xyes ; then
-		CURSES_LIBS="$LIBS -L$withval/lib -lncurses"
-		CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="-I$withval/include"
-		search_ncurses=false
-		screen_manager="ncurses"
-		AC_DEFINE(USE_NCURSES)
-		AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
-		has_curses=true
-	  fi
-	)
-
-	if $search_ncurses
-	then
-		AC_SEARCH_NCURSES()
-	fi
-
-
-])
-
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_USE_SUNOS_CURSES], [
-	search_ncurses=false
-	screen_manager="SunOS 4.x /usr/5include curses"
-	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using SunOS 4.x /usr/5include curses)
-	AC_DEFINE(USE_SUNOS_CURSES)
-	AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
-	has_curses=true
-	AC_DEFINE(NO_COLOR_CURSES)
-	AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSV_CURSES)
-	CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="-I/usr/5include"
-	CURSES_LIBS="/usr/5lib/libcurses.a /usr/5lib/libtermcap.a"
-	AC_MSG_RESULT(Please note that some screen refreshs may fail)
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_USE_OSF1_CURSES], [
-       AC_MSG_RESULT(Using OSF1 curses)
-       search_ncurses=false
-       screen_manager="OSF1 curses"
-       AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
-       has_curses=true
-       AC_DEFINE(NO_COLOR_CURSES)
-       AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSV_CURSES)
-       CURSES_LIBS="-lcurses"
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_USE_SYSV_CURSES], [
-	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using SysV curses)
-	AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
-	has_curses=true
-	AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSV_CURSES)
-	search_ncurses=false
-	screen_manager="SysV/curses"
-	CURSES_LIBS="-lcurses"
-])
-
-dnl AC_ARG_WITH(bsd-curses,
-dnl [--with-bsd-curses         Used to compile with bsd curses, not very fancy],
-dnl 	search_ncurses=false
-dnl	screen_manager="Ultrix/cursesX"
-dnl	if test $system = ULTRIX
-dnl	then
-dnl	    THIS_CURSES=cursesX
-dnl        else
-dnl	    THIS_CURSES=curses
-dnl	fi
-dnl
-dnl	CURSES_LIBS="-l$THIS_CURSES -ltermcap"
-dnl	AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
-dnl	has_curses=true
-dnl	AC_DEFINE(USE_BSD_CURSES)
-dnl	AC_MSG_RESULT(Please note that some screen refreshs may fail)
-dnl	AC_MSG_WARN(Use of the bsdcurses extension has some)
-dnl	AC_MSG_WARN(display/input problems.)
-dnl	AC_MSG_WARN(Reconsider using xcurses)
-dnl)
-
-	
-dnl
-dnl Parameters: directory filename cureses_LIBS curses_INCLUDEDIR nicename
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN([AC_NCURSES], [
-    if $search_ncurses
-    then
-        if test -f $1/$2
-	then
-	    AC_MSG_RESULT(Found ncurses on $1/$2)
- 	    CURSES_LIBS="$3"
-	    CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="$4"
-	    search_ncurses=false
-	    screen_manager=$5
-            AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
-            has_curses=true
-	    AC_DEFINE(USE_NCURSES)
-	fi
-    fi
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_SEARCH_NCURSES], [
-    AC_CHECKING("location of ncurses.h file")
-
-    AC_NCURSES(/usr/include, ncurses.h, -lncurses,, "ncurses on /usr/include")
-    AC_NCURSES(/usr/include/ncurses, ncurses.h, -lncurses, -I/usr/include/ncurses, "ncurses on /usr/include/ncurses")
-    AC_NCURSES(/usr/local/include, ncurses.h, -L/usr/local/lib -lncurses, -I/usr/local/include, "ncurses on /usr/local")
-    AC_NCURSES(/usr/local/include/ncurses, ncurses.h, -L/usr/local/lib -L/usr/local/lib/ncurses -lncurses, -I/usr/local/include/ncurses, "ncurses on /usr/local/include/ncurses")
-
-    AC_NCURSES(/usr/local/include/ncurses, curses.h, -L/usr/local/lib -lncurses, -I/usr/local/include/ncurses -DRENAMED_NCURSES, "renamed ncurses on /usr/local/.../ncurses")
-
-    AC_NCURSES(/usr/include/ncurses, curses.h, -lncurses, -I/usr/include/ncurses -DRENAMED_NCURSES, "renamed ncurses on /usr/include/ncurses")
-
-    dnl
-    dnl We couldn't find ncurses, try SysV curses
-    dnl
-    if $search_ncurses 
-    then
-        AC_EGREP_HEADER(init_color, /usr/include/curses.h,
-	    AC_USE_SYSV_CURSES)
-	AC_EGREP_CPP(USE_NCURSES,[
-#include <curses.h>
-#ifdef __NCURSES_H
-#undef USE_NCURSES
-USE_NCURSES
-#endif
-],[
-	CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="$CURSES_INCLUDEDIR -DRENAMED_NCURSES"
-        AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
-	has_curses=true
-        AC_DEFINE(USE_NCURSES)
-        search_ncurses=false
-        screen_manager="ncurses installed as curses"
-])
-    fi
-
-    dnl
-    dnl Try SunOS 4.x /usr/5{lib,include} ncurses
-    dnl The flags USE_SUNOS_CURSES, USE_BSD_CURSES and BUGGY_CURSES
-    dnl should be replaced by a more fine grained selection routine
-    dnl
-    if $search_ncurses
-    then
-	if test -f /usr/5include/curses.h
-	then
-	    AC_USE_SUNOS_CURSES
-        fi
-    else
-        # check for ncurses version, to properly ifdef mouse-fix
-	AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ncurses version)
-	ncurses_version=unknown
-cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-[#]line __oline__ "configure"
-#include "confdefs.h"
-#ifdef RENAMED_NCURSES
-#include <curses.h>
-#else
-#include <ncurses.h>
-#endif
-#undef VERSION
-VERSION:NCURSES_VERSION
-EOF
-        if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&AC_FD_CC |
-  egrep "VERSION:" >conftest.out 2>&1; then
-changequote(,)dnl
-            ncurses_version=`cat conftest.out|sed -e 's/^[^"]*"//' -e 's/".*//'`
-changequote([,])dnl
-	fi
-	rm -rf conftest*
-        AC_MSG_RESULT($ncurses_version)
-	case "$ncurses_version" in
-changequote(,)dnl
-	4.[01])
-changequote([,])dnl
-            AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_970530,2)
-            ;;
-	1.9.9g)
-            AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_970530,1)
-            ;;
-	1*)
-            AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_970530,0)
-            ;;
-	esac
-    fi
-])
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/macros2/gnome-common.m4 b/macros2/gnome-common.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c5d43bd..00000000
--- a/macros2/gnome-common.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-# gnome-common.m4
-# 
-
-dnl GNOME_COMMON_INIT
-
-AC_DEFUN([GNOME_COMMON_INIT],
-[
-	AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_dir,
-	[ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_dir="$GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR"])
-	AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_flags,
-	[ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_flags="$ACLOCAL_FLAGS"])
-	GNOME_ACLOCAL_DIR="$ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_dir"
-	GNOME_ACLOCAL_FLAGS="$ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_flags"
-	AC_SUBST(GNOME_ACLOCAL_DIR)
-	AC_SUBST(GNOME_ACLOCAL_FLAGS)
-
-	ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL $GNOME_ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
-
-	AM_CONDITIONAL(INSIDE_GNOME_DOCU, false)
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([GNOME_DEBUG_CHECK],
-[
-	AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, [  --enable-debug turn on debugging [default=no]], enable_debug="$enableval", enable_debug=no)
-
-	if test x$enable_debug = xyes ; then
-	    AC_DEFINE(GNOME_ENABLE_DEBUG,1,
-		[Enable additional debugging at the expense of performance and size])
-	fi
-])
-
-dnl GNOME_MAINTAINER_MODE_DEFINES ()
-dnl define DISABLE_DEPRECATED
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN([GNOME_MAINTAINER_MODE_DEFINES],
-[
-	if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then
-		DISABLE_DEPRECATED="-DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGDK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGNOME_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DPANGO_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DBONOBO_DISABLE_DEPRECATED"
-	else
-		DISABLE_DEPRECATED=""
-	fi
-	AC_SUBST(DISABLE_DEPRECATED)
-])
diff --git a/macros2/gnome-deprecated-macros.m4 b/macros2/gnome-deprecated-macros.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index b27ba528..00000000
--- a/macros2/gnome-deprecated-macros.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
--*- mode: autoconf -*-
-
-# GNOME_AUTOGEN_OBSOLETE
-# this marker is checked for in the aclocal.m4 file to check for bad macros ...
-
-AU_DEFUN([AM_GNOME2_GETTEXT], [AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT])
-AU_DEFUN([GNOME_GTKDOC_CHECK], [GTK_DOC_CHECK])
-AU_DEFUN([GNOME2_X_CHECKS], [])
-AU_DEFUN([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK], [])
-AU_DEFUN([GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG], [])
-AU_DEFUN([GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG], [])
-AU_DEFUN([GNOME_PLATFORM_GNOME_2], [])
-
-AU_DEFUN([GNOME_CHECK_CXX],
-[
-  # see if a C++ compiler exists and works
-  AC_PROG_CXX
-  if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cxx_works" = xno; then
-    AC_MSG_WARN(ifelse([$1], , "No C++ compiler", [$1]))
-  fi
-  AM_CONDITIONAL(CXX_PRESENT, test "x$ac_cv_prog_cxx_works" != xno)
-])
-
-# for aclocal-1.4's benefit
-#   AC_DEFUN([AM_GNOME2_GETTEXT], [])
-#   AC_DEFUN([GNOME_GTKDOC_CHECK], [])
-#   AC_DEFUN([GNOME2_X_CHECKS], [])
-#   AC_DEFUN([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK], [])
-#   AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG], [])
-#   AC_DEFUN([GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG], [])
-#   AC_DEFUN([GNOME_PLATFORM_GNOME_2], [])
-#   AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CHECK_CXX], [])
diff --git a/stamp-h.in b/stamp-h.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 9788f702..00000000
--- a/stamp-h.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-timestamp
diff --git a/stamp.h.in b/stamp.h.in
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29b..00000000
--- a/stamp.h.in
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/support/.cvsignore b/support/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index e7105238..00000000
--- a/support/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-Makefile
-.deps
-*.la
-*.lo
-.libs
-gnomesupport-h
-gnomesupport.h
-gnome-support-2.0.pc
diff --git a/support/ChangeLog b/support/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e4cc7c2..00000000
--- a/support/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,390 +0,0 @@
-2003-10-20  Bastien Nocera  <hadess@hadess.net>
-
-	* Makefile.am: make libgtop compile, other apps using libgnomesupport
-	should be dead by now
-
-2000-11-21  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
-
-	* Makefile.am: Install libgnomesupport.la, but call it
-	libgnomesupport-1.3.la.
-
-	* gnome-support-2.0.pc.in: Added pkg-config file.
-
-1999-05-27  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* gnomesupport.awk: Put c++ guards after #includes.
-
-	* gnomesupport-fake.h: Remove dependence on `gnome-argp.h'.  Move
-	relevant declarations here.
-
-1999-05-12  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* canonicalize.c: Use `set_errno' instead of `__set_errno' and
-	define `set_errno' here.
-
-1999-03-27  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* Makefile.am (supportexecincludedir): Rename from
-	supportincludedir so that `gnomesupport.h' can be installed with
-	`make install-exec'.
-	(supportinclude_HEADERS): Remove.  Don't install popt-gnome.h
-	twice.
-	(error.o): Change `error.c: gnomesupport.h' dependency to
-	`error.o: gnomesupport.h' to reflect actual dependency.
-
-1999-02-19  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* canonicalize.c: Include <gnome-argp.h> instead of the removed
-	<argp-namefrob.h>.
-
-1999-02-17  Changwoo Ryu  <cwryu@adam.kaist.ac.kr>
-
-	* poptint.h: Removed the suspicious `#ifdef HAVE_DGETTEXT...'
-	switch.  Now `progname --help' messages should be translated.
-
-1998-12-24  Jeff Garzik  <jgarzik@pobox.com>
-
-	* poptparse.[ch]:  poptParseArgvString cleanups...
-	Added array grow increment constant.
-	Remove unnecessary 'dst' init.
-	Remove unnecessary strcpy().
-	Make arg 's' and var 'src' const-correct.
-
-1998-12-21  Matt Wilson  <msw@redhat.com>
-
-	* poptparse.c: fix pointer assignment
-
-1998-12-16  Sebastian Wilhelmi  <wilhelmi@ira.uka.de>
-
-	* Makefile.am (libgnomesupport_la_SOURCES): added gnome-argp.c,
-	which is needed for platforms without
-	program_invocation_short_name and program_invocation_name.
-	(libgnomesupport_la_LIBADD): reinstalled the correct value.
-
-1998-12-15  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add all source and header files here.
-
-1998-12-02  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add back `gnomesupport.awk' and
-	`README-gnome'. 
-
-1998-11-06  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* popt.c (gnomesupport-fake.h): Include.
-	* poptint.h (ENABLE_NLS): Define POPT_() and _() i18n markers
-	based on this.
-
-1998-11-04  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* gnomesupport-fake.h: Include gnomesupport.h unconditionally.
-	* Makefile.am: Build libgnomesupport.la unconditionally.
-	(popt_sources): List `popt' sources.
-	(libgnomesupport_la_SOURCES): Include $popt_sources.
-	(include_HEADERS): Install `popt.h'.
-	(noinst_HEADERS): Don't install poptint.h and findme.h.
-	* popt.c: New file.  From the POPT package.  Replacement for
-	argp/getopt.
-	* poptparse.c: Likewise.
-	* popthelp.c: Likewise.
-	* poptconfig.c: Likewise.
-	* findme.c: Likewise.
-	* findme.h: Likewise.
-	* popt.h: Likewise.
-	* poptint.h: Likewise.
-	
-1998-09-02  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* canonicalize.c (realpath): Remove `weak_alias'.
-	(canonicalize_file_name): Comment out.
-
-	* gnomesupport.awk: Remove `canonicalize_file_name', and correct
-	the comment for `realpath'.
-
-1998-09-02  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* gnomesupport.awk (canonicalize_file_name, realpath): Emit
-	declarations if required.
-
-	* canonicalize.c (canonicalize_file_name, realpath): New file.
-	Imported from GLibC 2.0.7.
-
-	* libc-symbols.h: New file. Imported from GLibC 2.0.7.
-
-1998-08-24  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* gnomesupport.awk: Emit declarations for `setreuid', `setregid'
-	and `getpagesize' if required (GCC_NEED_DECLARATIONS).
-
-1998-08-18  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* Makefile.am: Added explicit dependency `error.c: gnomesupport.h'.
-
-	* gnomesupport-fake.h: Include `sys/types.h' to get `size_t' under
-	FreeBSD.
-
-	* gnomesupport-fake.h: Include `gnomesupport.h' only if we really
-	`NEED_GNOMESUPPORT_H'.
-
-1998-08-16  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added all source and header files that
-	are in CVS to make sure everything is included in the distribution
-	no matter which files are used on the build system.
-
-1998-08-15  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* Makefile.am (libgnomesupport_la_SOURCES): List `gnomesupport.h'
-	here in the hope that it'll ensure that it is built.
-
-1998-08-05  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Add `gnomesupport-fake.h'.
-
-1998-08-02  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* error.c (program_name): Clean up #ifdef logic some more.
-	(HAVE_STRERROR_R): Step on implementation namespace only if _LIBC.
-
-1998-07-30  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* error.c: Making weak alias `__error' and `__error_at_line'
-	only if `_LIBC' is defined and not if we only
-	HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME.
-
-	* gnomesupport-fake.h: Include gnome-argp.h to get
-	`program_invocation_name'.
-
-1998-07-29  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* gnomesupport-fake.h: New file.  Fake in HAVE_* for functions
-	that are provided by `gnomesupport' rather than `libc'.
-	* error.c: Include gnomesupport-fake.h.
-	(program_name): Define to `program_invocation_name' if 
-	HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME.
-
-1998-07-29  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* error.c, error.h: New files.  Imported from glibc.
-
-	* Makefile.am (supportinclude_HEADERS): Added `error.h'.
-
-1998-07-17  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* strtol.c, strtoul.c (<ansidecl.h>): Removed. Using
-	`const' instead of `CONST'.
-
-1998-07-15  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* gnomesupport.awk (gethostname): Emit declaration.
-
-1998-07-15  Martin Baulig  <baulig@Stud.Informatik.uni-trier.de>
-
-	* gnomesupport.awk (memmove strtod strtol strtoul): Emit
-	declarations.
-
-	* memmove.c: New file.  Imported from GNU libiberty.
-
-	* strtod.c, strtol.c, strtoul.c: New files. Imported from
-	GNU libiberty.
-
-1998-07-14  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* mkstemp.c (<stdint.h>): Systems that don't have `mkstemp'
-	probably don't have <stdint.h> either.  Will fix it with a proper
-	autoconf test later.
-
-1998-07-13  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* argp.h (ARGP_EI): Define to `extern __inline__', rather that
-	`extern inline'.  Since this code is inside an __OPTIMIZE__ check,
-	I assume this is GCC, and __inline__ will work.
-
-	* mkstemp.c: New file.
-	* gnomesupport.awk: Conditionally emit prototype for `mkstemp'.
-
-Tue Jul  7 00:02:51 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
-	* argp-help.c: Don't include <malloc.h>.
-
-1998-06-11  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* Makefile.am (gnomesupport.h): Build with `gnomesupport.awk'.
-	(CROSS_COMPILING): Remove.
-	(EXTRA_DIST): Add `gnomesupport.awk'.
-
-	* gnomesupport.awk: New file, to replace `gnomesupport-h.c'.
-	* gnomesupport-h.c: Removed.  Doesn't work well in cross-compiles.
-
-1998-06-08  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* Makefile.am (gnomesupport-h): When cross-compiling, this
-	is build using `$(build_CC)' because it needs to run on the
-	build system. Look at gnome-libs/configure.in to see how to
-	get `build_CC'.
-
-Thu May 21 21:21:12 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
-	* gnome-argp.h: Unconditionally declare program_invocation_name
-	and program_invocation_short_name; some systems define these but
-	don't declare them.
-
-1998-05-20  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* Makefile.am (INCLUDES): Define _GNU_SOURCE.
-
-1998-05-19  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* gnomesupport-h.c (strerror): Emit declaration.
-	* strerror.c: New file.  Imported from GNU libiberty.
-
-1998-05-19  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* vsnprintf.c (vsnprintf): Changed declaration of this
-	function on systems defining __STDC__ to avoid clash
-	with prototype in system header file.
-
-	* vsnprintf.c (snprintf): Moved toward the end of the
-	file, so that the compiler sees correct declaration for
-	vsnprintf().
-
-1998-05-12  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@fib.hl.no>
-
-	* argp-help.c (argp_doc): Backed out previous "fix". :-)
-	As pointed out it was dead wrong.
-	
-1998-05-09  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@fib.hl.no>
-
-	* argp-help.c (argp_doc): Removed a compiler warning.
-
-1998-04-14  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* gnomesupport-h.c (main): Make gnomesupport.h include stddef.h
-	unconditionally. 
-
-1998-04-13  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* scandir.c (<sys/types.h>): Include.
-	* gnomesupport-h.c (!HAVE_SCANDIR): Do all the `dirent' wrangling
-	only if `scandir' is needed.  Also, include <sys/types.h> in all
-	cases. 
-
-1998-04-13  Seth Alves  <alves@twitch.cp.domain.net>
-
-	* gnomesupport-h.c (HAVE_DIRENT_H): FreeBSD needs <sys/types.h>
-	before <dirent.h>.
-	
-1998-04-12  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* Makefile.am (supportincludedir): Is now $(pkglibdir)/include.
-	`gnomesupport.h' is a generated file dependent on the configure
-	process.  So, this seems a good place.  The rest of the headers
-	are also here just because I'm too lazy to maintain two separate
-	include directories to search in for `libgnomesupport' stuff ;-)
-	(supportinclude_DATA): New var.  Has `gnomesupport.h'.
-	(BUILT_SOURCES): Generate `gnomesupport.h'.
-
-	* gnomesupport-h.c: New file.  Used to generate `gnomesupport.h',
-	which contains prototypes for many of the functions in
-	`libgnomesupport'.  This method is used to ensure that prototypes
-	appear only for those functions that are provided by
-	`libgnomesupport'. 
-
-	* scandir.c (alphasort): New utility function.
-
-1998-04-08  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* scandir.c: Import from GNU libc.
-	Remove assumptions that this file is compiled inside GLIBC.
-	Here are the ChangeLog entries when I imported it originally into
-	`gwp':
-
-	1998-02-08  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-        	* scandir.c (scandir): Revert change of `1998-02-07'.  
-		Don't use d_reclen, but fix the expression used to
-		figure out the length.
-
-	1998-02-07  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-	        * scandir.c (scandir): Use `d_reclen' field to get length
-		of record.
-
-	1998-02-06  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-	        * scandir.c: New file.  Replacement function copied from
-		glibc, edited to not step on implementation namespace.
-
-1998-03-28  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* vasprintf.c (int_vasprintf): Imported from GNU libit-0.4.
-	Applied a change that appears in `libiberty'.
-
-Fri Mar 13 21:30:34 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
-	* argp.texi: Imported from glibc.
-	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added argp.texi.
-
-1998-03-12  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Don't install argp-fmtstream.h and
-	argp-namefrob.h.  They are used only to compile `argp' and not for
-	general usage.
-
-1998-03-11  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* getopt.h: Don't mention getopt() for C++.  (Local fix).
-
-	* vsnprintf.c: Actually fill it in.  It is from
-	<URL:http://theos.com/~deraadt/snprintf.c>, with one small fix to
-	actually make it compile. 
-
-1998-03-09  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* easy-vsnprintf.c: New file.  Provides (v)snprintf as simple
-	wrappers to `__vsnprintf'.  
-	* vsnprintf.c: New file.  Empty for now.
-
-Sun Mar  8 17:13:33 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
-	* Makefile.am: Rewrote.  Library now named libgnomesupport, now
-	installed if Gnome support code is built.
-
-Sat Mar  7 00:03:26 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
-	* gnome-argp.h (__mempcpy): New define.
-
-	* strnlen.c: New file from glibc; needed by strndup.c.
-
-Fri Mar  6 20:10:55 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
-	* argp-fmtstream.h (__attribute__): Define unless using gcc.
-	* argp.h (__attribute__): Define unless using gcc.
-
-	* argp-help.c, argp-parse.c, argp.h: Imported new versions from
-	glibc, while preserving local changes.
-
-Wed Mar  4 00:58:27 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
-	* Makefile.am (libsupport_a_SOURCES): Added gnome-argp.c.
-	* gnome-argp.c: New file.
-
-	* argp-parse.c: Include gnome-argp.h.
-	* argp-help.c: Include gnome-argp.h.
-
-	* README-gnome, gnome-argp.h: New files.
-
-	* argp-ba.c, argp-eexst.c, argp-fmtstream.c, argp-fmtstream.h,
-	argp-fs-xinl.c, argp-help.c, argp-namefrob.h, argp-parse.c,
-	argp-pv.c, argp-pvh.c, argp-test.c, argp-xinl.c, argp.h,
-	strndup.c: New files, imported from glibc.  Please use "cvs
-	import" if you import new versions.
-
-	* Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Added argp-fmtstream.h,
-	argp-namefrob.h, argp.h, gnome-argp.h.
-	(EXTRA_DIST): New macro.
-
-1998-02-18  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* strcasecmp.c: New file, copied from `glibc'.  Used to provide
-	replacement `strcasecmp' file.
-	
-
diff --git a/support/Makefile.am b/support/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index a3078389..00000000
--- a/support/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in.
-
-supportexecincludedir = $(includedir)/gnome/$(GNOME_INTERFACE_VERSION)
-
-INCLUDES = -D_GNU_SOURCE
-
-lib_LTLIBRARIES = libgnomesupport-2.0.la
-
-# it is in _DATA since we don't want `gnomesupport.h' to be part of
-# the distributed `.tar.gz' file
-supportexecinclude_DATA = gnomesupport.h
-
-# These are internal headers: they are used only when compiling and
-# should not be installed
-#noinst_HEADERS = gnomesupport-fake.h \
-#		 findme.h poptint.h system.h
-
-# Hmm... should we move `error.h' here.
-#include_HEADERS = popt-gnome.h
-
-#popt_sources = findme.c poptconfig.c poptparse.c popt.c popthelp.c
-popt_sources=
-
-libgnomesupport_2_0_la_SOURCES = gnomesupport.h $(popt_sources) gnome-argp.c
-libgnomesupport_2_0_la_LIBADD  = @LTLIBOBJS@
-libgnomesupport_2_0_la_LDFLAGS = -version-info 0:0:0
-
-BUILT_SOURCES = gnomesupport.h
-
-# error.o is not always built.  In the case when it is built, make
-# sure gnomesupport.h is built first.
-error.o: gnomesupport.h
-
-gnomesupport.h: gnomesupport.awk $(top_builddir)/config.h
-	$(AWK) -f $(srcdir)/gnomesupport.awk < $(top_builddir)/config.h > gsh-t
-	mv gsh-t gnomesupport.h
-
-EXTRA_DIST = gnomesupport.awk README-gnome \
-	canonicalize.c easy-vsnprintf.c error.c error.h \
-	findme.c findme.h getopt.c getopt.h getopt1.c \
-	gnome-argp.c gnome-argp.h gnomesupport-fake.h \
-	memmove.c mkstemp.c popt-gnome.h popt.c poptconfig.c \
-	popthelp.c poptint.h poptparse.c scandir.c strcasecmp.c \
-	strerror.c strndup.c strnlen.c strtod.c strtok_r.c strtol.c \
-	strtoul.c vasprintf.c vsnprintf.c gnome-support-2.0.pc.in
-
-pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
-pkgconfig_DATA = gnome-support-2.0.pc
-
diff --git a/support/README-gnome b/support/README-gnome
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b59b3e4..00000000
--- a/support/README-gnome
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-Note to Gnome hackers:
-
-If you change anything related to popt, please forward these changes to
-ewt@redhat.com, the popt package maintainer.
-
-- jgarzik@pobox.com 12/24/1998
-
-
-Some files in this directory are taken verbatim from glibc.
-Do not modify them.  If you find a bug, report it as you would any
-glibc bug.
-
-When updating the glibc files in the master Gnome repository, be sure
-to use "cvs import".  That will ensure that any local changes are
-merged in.
-
-Yes, there are some minor local changes.  Hopefully these will be
-sorted out with the glibc maintainer before long.
-
-- Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
-  Wed, Mar 4 1998
-
-
-
-Notes on CVS import:
-
-This directory has files from two "vendors".  There are, thus, two
-vendor branches
-
-	1.1.1	GNU
-	1.1.2	SNPRINTF_de_Raadt
-
-The files that have "vendor" versions are:
-
-	argp-ba.c		GNU
-	argp-eexst.c		GNU
-	argp-fmtstream.c	GNU
-	argp-fmtstream.h	GNU
-	argp-fs-xinl.c		GNU
-	argp-help.c		GNU
-	argp-namefrob.h		GNU
-	argp-parse.c		GNU
-	argp-pv.c		GNU
-	argp-pvh.c		GNU
-	argp-test.c		GNU
-	argp-xinl.c		GNU
-	argp.h			GNU
-	getopt.c		GNU
-	getopt.h		GNU
-	getopt1.c		GNU
-	strcasecmp.c		GNU
-	strndup.c		GNU
-	strnlen.c		GNU
-	strtok_r.c		GNU
-	vasprintf.c		GNU
-	vsnprintf.c		SNPRINTF_de_Raadt
-
-To find out the list of changes made against a "vendor" revision, you
-can say
-
-	cvs diff -r <vendor-branch-tag> 
-
-When any of these files are changed by the vendor, they can be
-reimported.  At the time of importing, please make sure you use the
-correct branch revision and vendor tag.
-
-So, if you are importing changes to any of the `GNU' files, please use
-
-    cvs import -b 1.1.1 gnome-common/support GNU <new-release-tag>
-
-If you are importing changes to "SNPRINTF_de_Raadt" files, please use
-
-    cvs import -b 1.1.2 gnome-common/support SNPRINTF_de_Raadt <new-rel-tag>
-	         ^^^^^^^                    ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-		 |			    |
-		 Branch revision	    Vendor Tag
-
-In other words the "Branch revision" and "Vendor Tag" must agree.
-
-- Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-  1998-03-11
-
-
-
-Good places to get "support" functions:
-
-`libgnomesupport' is essentially a `glibc' emulation library, and hence
-`glibc' itself is a good source.  However, some of the functions cannot
-be easily ripped out and put here (esp. any of the stdio-derived
-functions).  Other places are:
-
-* libiberty from your friendly Cygnus source distribution, e.g.,
-  binutils, gdb.  The only caveat is that these cannot be used drop-in:
-  you have to remove references to other files in the Cygnus tree &c.
-
-* libit, which appeared briefly on ftp://alpha.gnu.org
-
-* Jim Meyering's collection from his `fileutils'/`sh-utils'/`textutils'
-  packages
-
-- Raja R Harinath
-  1998-03-28
diff --git a/support/README.cvs-commits b/support/README.cvs-commits
deleted file mode 100644
index 88e3d581..00000000
--- a/support/README.cvs-commits
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS -
-which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects
-a very large number of modules.
-
-Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you
-commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me
-a patch <martin@gnome.org> and I'll commit it for you it it's ok.
-
-Thanks for your understanding,
-
-August 1st, 2001
-Martin Baulig <martin@gnome.org>
-
diff --git a/support/canonicalize.c b/support/canonicalize.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a04a0eca..00000000
--- a/support/canonicalize.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file.
-   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#include <gnome-argp.h>
-
-/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME.  A canonical name
-   does not contain any `.', `..' components nor any repeated path
-   separators ('/') or symlinks.  All path components must exist.  If
-   RESOLVED is null, the result is malloc'd; otherwise, if the
-   canonical name is PATH_MAX chars or more, returns null with `errno'
-   set to ENAMETOOLONG; if the name fits in fewer than PATH_MAX chars,
-   returns the name in RESOLVED.  If the name cannot be resolved and
-   RESOLVED is non-NULL, it contains the path of the first component
-   that cannot be resolved.  If the path can be resolved, RESOLVED
-   holds the same value as the value returned.  */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-#define set_errno(e) __set_errno(e)
-#else
-#define set_errno(e) errno = (e)
-#endif
-
-static char *
-canonicalize (const char *name, char *resolved)
-{
-  char *rpath, *dest, *extra_buf = NULL;
-  const char *start, *end, *rpath_limit;
-  long int path_max;
-  int num_links = 0;
-
-#ifdef PATH_MAX
-  path_max = PATH_MAX;
-#else
-  path_max = pathconf (name, _PC_PATH_MAX);
-  if (path_max <= 0)
-    path_max = 1024;
-#endif
-
-  rpath = resolved ? __alloca (path_max) : malloc (path_max);
-  rpath_limit = rpath + path_max;
-
-  if (name[0] != '/')
-    {
-      if (!getcwd (rpath, path_max))
-	goto error;
-      dest = strchr (rpath, '\0');
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      rpath[0] = '/';
-      dest = rpath + 1;
-    }
-
-  for (start = end = name; *start; start = end)
-    {
-      struct stat st;
-      int n;
-
-      /* skip sequence of multiple path-separators: */
-      while (*start == '/') ++start;
-
-      /* find end of path component: */
-      for (end = start; *end && *end != '/'; ++end);
-
-      if (end - start == 0)
-	break;
-      else if (strncmp (start, ".", end - start) == 0)
-	/* nothing */;
-      else if (strncmp (start, "..", end - start) == 0) {
-	/* back up to previous component, ignore if at root already: */
-	if (dest > rpath + 1)
-	  while ((--dest)[-1] != '/');
-      } else
-	{
-	  size_t new_size;
-
-	  if (dest[-1] != '/')
-	    *dest++ = '/';
-
-	  if (dest + (end - start) >= rpath_limit)
-	    {
-	      if (resolved)
-		{
-		  set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG);
-		  goto error;
-		}
-	      new_size = rpath_limit - rpath;
-	      if (end - start + 1 > path_max)
-		new_size += end - start + 1;
-	      else
-		new_size += path_max;
-	      rpath = realloc (rpath, new_size);
-	      rpath_limit = rpath + new_size;
-	      if (!rpath)
-		return NULL;
-	    }
-
-	  memcpy (dest, start, end - start);
-	  dest += end - start;
-	  *dest = '\0';
-
-	  if (__lstat (rpath, &st) < 0)
-	    goto error;
-
-	  if (S_ISLNK (st.st_mode))
-	    {
-	      char *buf = __alloca (path_max);
-
-	      if (++num_links > MAXSYMLINKS)
-		{
-		  set_errno (ELOOP);
-		  goto error;
-		}
-
-	      n = readlink (rpath, buf, path_max);
-	      if (n < 0)
-		goto error;
-	      buf[n] = '\0';
-
-	      if (!extra_buf)
-		extra_buf = __alloca (path_max);
-
-	      if ((long int) (n + strlen (end)) >= path_max)
-		{
-		  set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG);
-		  goto error;
-		}
-
-	      /* careful here, end may be a pointer into extra_buf... */
-	      strcat (buf, end);
-	      strcpy (extra_buf, buf);
-	      name = end = extra_buf;
-
-	      if (buf[0] == '/')
-		dest = rpath + 1;	/* it's an absolute symlink */
-	      else
-		/* back up to previous component, ignore if at root already: */
-		if (dest > rpath + 1)
-		  while ((--dest)[-1] != '/');
-	    }
-	  else
-	    num_links = 0;
-	}
-    }
-  if (dest > rpath + 1 && dest[-1] == '/')
-    --dest;
-  *dest = '\0';
-
-  return resolved ? strcpy (resolved, rpath) : rpath;
-
-error:
-  if (resolved)
-    strcpy (resolved, rpath);
-  else
-    free (rpath);
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-char *
-realpath (const char *name, char *resolved)
-{
-  if (resolved == NULL)
-    {
-      set_errno (EINVAL);
-      return NULL;
-    }
-	
-  return canonicalize (name, resolved);
-}
-
-#if 0
-char *
-canonicalize_file_name (const char *name)
-{
-  return canonicalize (name, NULL);
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/support/easy-vsnprintf.c b/support/easy-vsnprintf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b50df741..00000000
--- a/support/easy-vsnprintf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/* (v)snprintf in terms of __(v)snprintf
- *
- * Useful with Solaris 2.5 libc, which appears to have the `__*' versions
- * of (v)snprintf.
- *
- * This file is in the public domain
- * (in case it matters)
- */
-
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-extern int __vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list);
-
-int
-vsnprintf (char *string, size_t maxlen, const char *format, va_list args)
-{
-  return __vsnprintf (string, maxlen, format, args);
-}
-
-int
-snprintf (char *string, size_t maxlen, const char *format, ...)
-{
-  va_list args;
-  int retval;
-  va_start(args, format);
-  retval = vsnprintf (string, maxlen, format, args);
-  va_end(args);
-  return retval;
-}
diff --git a/support/error.c b/support/error.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b0264bc6..00000000
--- a/support/error.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <gnomesupport-fake.h>
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
-# if __STDC__
-#  include <stdarg.h>
-#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
-# else
-#  include <varargs.h>
-#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
-# endif
-#else
-# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
-# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
-#endif
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-void exit ();
-#endif
-
-#include "error.h"
-
-#ifndef _
-# define _(String) String
-#endif
-
-/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
-   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
-   function without parameters instead.  */
-void (*error_print_progname) (
-#if __STDC__ - 0
-			      void
-#endif
-			      );
-
-/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
-unsigned int error_message_count;
-
-#if HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME || _LIBC
-/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this.  */
-
-# define program_name program_invocation_name
-# include <errno.h>
-
-#else
-
-/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
-   name of the executing program.  */
-extern char *program_name;
-
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
-   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
-# define error __error
-# define error_at_line __error_at_line
-
-# define strerror_r __strerror_r
-
-#else /* not _LIBC */
-
-# if ! HAVE_STRERROR_R
-#  if HAVE_STRERROR
-#   ifndef strerror		/* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
-char *strerror ();
-#   endif
-#  else
-static char *
-private_strerror (errnum)
-     int errnum;
-{
-  extern char *sys_errlist[];
-  extern int sys_nerr;
-
-  if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
-    return _(sys_errlist[errnum]);
-  return _("Unknown system error");
-}
-#   define strerror private_strerror
-#  endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
-# endif	/* ! HAVE_STRERROR_R */
-#endif	/* not _LIBC */
-
-/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
-   format string with optional args.
-   If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
-   Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero.  */
-/* VARARGS */
-
-void
-#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
-error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
-#else
-error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
-     int status;
-     int errnum;
-     char *message;
-     va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-#ifdef VA_START
-  va_list args;
-#endif
-
-  if (error_print_progname)
-    (*error_print_progname) ();
-  else
-    {
-      fflush (stdout);
-      fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
-    }
-
-#ifdef VA_START
-  VA_START (args, message);
-# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
-  vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
-# else
-  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
-# endif
-  va_end (args);
-#else
-  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
-#endif
-
-  ++error_message_count;
-  if (errnum)
-    {
-#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC
-      char errbuf[1024];
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
-#else
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
-#endif
-    }
-  putc ('\n', stderr);
-  fflush (stderr);
-  if (status)
-    exit (status);
-}
-
-/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
-   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
-int error_one_per_line;
-
-void
-#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
-error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
-	       unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
-#else
-error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
-     int status;
-     int errnum;
-     const char *file_name;
-     unsigned int line_number;
-     char *message;
-     va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-#ifdef VA_START
-  va_list args;
-#endif
-
-  if (error_one_per_line)
-    {
-      static const char *old_file_name;
-      static unsigned int old_line_number;
-
-      if (old_line_number == line_number &&
-	  (file_name == old_file_name || !strcmp (old_file_name, file_name)))
-	/* Simply return and print nothing.  */
-	return;
-
-      old_file_name = file_name;
-      old_line_number = line_number;
-    }
-
-  if (error_print_progname)
-    (*error_print_progname) ();
-  else
-    {
-      fflush (stdout);
-      fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
-    }
-
-  if (file_name != NULL)
-    fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
-
-#ifdef VA_START
-  VA_START (args, message);
-# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
-  vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
-# else
-  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
-# endif
-  va_end (args);
-#else
-  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
-#endif
-
-  ++error_message_count;
-  if (errnum)
-    {
-#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC
-      char errbuf[1024];
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
-#else
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
-#endif
-    }
-  putc ('\n', stderr);
-  fflush (stderr);
-  if (status)
-    exit (status);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Make the weak alias.  */
-# undef error
-# undef error_at_line
-weak_alias (__error, error)
-weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
-#endif
diff --git a/support/error.h b/support/error.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d3bcb7a..00000000
--- a/support/error.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/* Declaration for error-reporting function
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _ERROR_H
-#define _ERROR_H 1
-
-#ifndef __attribute__
-/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
-# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
-#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
-# endif
-/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
-   are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
-# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
-#  define __format__ format
-#  define __printf__ printf
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-
-/* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
-   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
-   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'.  */
-
-extern void error (int status, int errnum, const char *format, ...)
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
-
-extern void error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *fname,
-			   unsigned int lineno, const char *format, ...)
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
-
-/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
-   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
-   function without parameters instead.  */
-extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
-
-#else
-void error ();
-void error_at_line ();
-extern void (*error_print_progname) ();
-#endif
-
-/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
-extern unsigned int error_message_count;
-
-/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
-   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
-extern int error_one_per_line;
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* error.h */
diff --git a/support/findme.c b/support/findme.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d1b41c1..00000000
--- a/support/findme.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
-   file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
-   ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
-
-#include "system.h"
-#include "findme.h"
-
-const char * findProgramPath(const char * argv0) {
-    char * path = getenv("PATH");
-    char * pathbuf;
-    char * start, * chptr;
-    char * buf;
-
-    /* If there is a / in the argv[0], it has to be an absolute
-       path */
-    if (strchr(argv0, '/'))
-	return xstrdup(argv0);
-
-    if (!path) return NULL;
-
-    start = pathbuf = alloca(strlen(path) + 1);
-    buf = malloc(strlen(path) + strlen(argv0) + 2);
-    strcpy(pathbuf, path);
-
-    chptr = NULL;
-    do {
-	if ((chptr = strchr(start, ':')))
-	    *chptr = '\0';
-	sprintf(buf, "%s/%s", start, argv0);
-
-	if (!access(buf, X_OK))
-	    return buf;
-
-	if (chptr) 
-	    start = chptr + 1;
-	else
-	    start = NULL;
-    } while (start && *start);
-
-    free(buf);
-
-    return NULL;
-}
diff --git a/support/findme.h b/support/findme.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e93963d..00000000
--- a/support/findme.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
-   file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
-   ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
-
-#ifndef H_FINDME
-#define H_FINDME
-
-const char * findProgramPath(const char * argv0);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/support/getopt.c b/support/getopt.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 31999258..00000000
--- a/support/getopt.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1041 +0,0 @@
-/* Getopt for GNU.
-   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
-   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-   before changing it!
-
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97
-   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
-   Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
-#ifndef _NO_PROTO
-#define _NO_PROTO
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
-/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
-   reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
-#include <gnu-versions.h>
-#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
-#define ELIDE_CODE
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
-
-
-/* This needs to come after some library #include
-   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
-#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
-   contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif	/* GNU C library.  */
-
-#ifdef VMS
-#include <unixlib.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _
-/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
-   When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
-#else
-# define _(msgid)	(msgid)
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
-   but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
-   to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
-
-   As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
-   when it is done, all the options precede everything else.  Thus
-   all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
-
-   Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
-   Then the behavior is completely standard.
-
-   GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
-   they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments.  */
-
-#include "getopt.h"
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
-   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
-   the argument value is returned here.
-   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
-   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
-
-char *optarg = NULL;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
-   This is used for communication to and from the caller
-   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
-   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
-   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
-   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
-   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
-   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
-
-/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
-int optind = 1;
-
-/* Formerly, initialization of getopt depended on optind==0, which
-   causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't
-   know that. */
-
-int __getopt_initialized = 0;
-
-/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
-   in which the last option character we returned was found.
-   This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
-
-   If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
-   by advancing to the next ARGV-element.  */
-
-static char *nextchar;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
-   for unrecognized options.  */
-
-int opterr = 1;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
-   This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
-   system's own getopt implementation.  */
-
-int optopt = '?';
-
-/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
-
-   If the caller did not specify anything,
-   the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
-   POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
-
-   REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
-   stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
-   This is what Unix does.
-   This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
-   variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
-   of the list of option characters.
-
-   PERMUTE is the default.  We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
-   so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.  This allows options
-   to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
-   expect this.
-
-   RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
-   to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
-   the ordering of the two.  We describe each non-option ARGV-element
-   as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
-   Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
-   selects this mode of operation.
-
-   The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
-   of the value of `ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
-   `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC.  */
-
-static enum
-{
-  REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
-} ordering;
-
-/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable.  */
-static char *posixly_correct;
-
-#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
-   because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
-   On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
-   in GCC.  */
-#include <string.h>
-#define	my_index	strchr
-#else
-
-/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
-   whose names are inconsistent.  */
-
-char *getenv ();
-
-static char *
-my_index (str, chr)
-     const char *str;
-     int chr;
-{
-  while (*str)
-    {
-      if (*str == chr)
-	return (char *) str;
-      str++;
-    }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
-   If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it.  */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
-   That was relevant to code that was here before.  */
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
-/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
-   and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms.  */
-extern int strlen (const char *);
-#endif /* not __STDC__ */
-#endif /* __GNUC__ */
-
-#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-
-/* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
-
-/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
-   been skipped.  `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
-   `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
-
-static int first_nonopt;
-static int last_nonopt;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
-   indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments.  */
-
-/* Defined in getopt_init.c  */
-extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
-
-static int nonoption_flags_max_len;
-static int nonoption_flags_len;
-
-static int original_argc;
-static char *const *original_argv;
-
-/* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment
-   is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed
-   to getopt is that one passed to the process.  */
-static void
-__attribute__ ((unused))
-store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
-{
-  /* XXX This is no good solution.  We should rather copy the args so
-     that we can compare them later.  But we must not use malloc(3).  */
-  original_argc = argc;
-  original_argv = argv;
-}
-# ifdef text_set_element
-text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
-# endif /* text_set_element */
-
-# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
-  if (nonoption_flags_len > 0)						      \
-    {									      \
-      char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1];			      \
-      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2];	      \
-      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp;				      \
-    }
-#else	/* !_LIBC */
-# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
-#endif	/* _LIBC */
-
-/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
-   One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
-   which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
-   The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
-   the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
-
-   `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
-   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-static void exchange (char **);
-#endif
-
-static void
-exchange (argv)
-     char **argv;
-{
-  int bottom = first_nonopt;
-  int middle = last_nonopt;
-  int top = optind;
-  char *tem;
-
-  /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
-     That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
-     It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
-     but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
-     string can work normally.  Our top argument must be in the range
-     of the string.  */
-  if (nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= nonoption_flags_max_len)
-    {
-      /* We must extend the array.  The user plays games with us and
-	 presents new arguments.  */
-      char *new_str = malloc (top + 1);
-      if (new_str == NULL)
-	nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
-      else
-	{
-	  memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
-			     nonoption_flags_max_len),
-		  '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
-	  nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
-	  __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
-	}
-    }
-#endif
-
-  while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
-    {
-      if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
-	{
-	  /* Bottom segment is the short one.  */
-	  int len = middle - bottom;
-	  register int i;
-
-	  /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment.  */
-	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
-	    {
-	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
-	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
-	      argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
-	      SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i);
-	    }
-	  /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
-	  top -= len;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  /* Top segment is the short one.  */
-	  int len = top - middle;
-	  register int i;
-
-	  /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment.  */
-	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
-	    {
-	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
-	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
-	      argv[middle + i] = tem;
-	      SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i);
-	    }
-	  /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
-	  bottom += len;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy.  */
-
-  first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
-  last_nonopt = optind;
-}
-
-/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *);
-#endif
-static const char *
-_getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *optstring;
-{
-  /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
-     is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
-     non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
-
-  first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind;
-
-  nextchar = NULL;
-
-  posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
-
-  /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions.  */
-
-  if (optstring[0] == '-')
-    {
-      ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
-      ++optstring;
-    }
-  else if (optstring[0] == '+')
-    {
-      ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
-      ++optstring;
-    }
-  else if (posixly_correct != NULL)
-    ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
-  else
-    ordering = PERMUTE;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  if (posixly_correct == NULL
-      && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv)
-    {
-      if (nonoption_flags_max_len == 0)
-	{
-	  if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL
-	      || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0')
-	    nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags;
-	      int len = nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str);
-	      if (nonoption_flags_max_len < argc)
-		nonoption_flags_max_len = argc;
-	      __getopt_nonoption_flags =
-		(char *) malloc (nonoption_flags_max_len);
-	      if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
-		nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
-	      else
-		memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
-			'\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
-	    }
-	}
-      nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len;
-    }
-  else
-    nonoption_flags_len = 0;
-#endif
-
-  return optstring;
-}
-
-/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
-   given in OPTSTRING.
-
-   If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
-   then it is an option element.  The characters of this element
-   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If `getopt'
-   is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
-   from each of the option elements.
-
-   If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
-   updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
-   resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
-
-   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1.
-   Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
-   that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
-   so that those that are not options now come last.)
-
-   OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
-   If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
-   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set `opterr' to
-   zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
-
-   If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
-   so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
-   ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
-   wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
-   it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
-
-   If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
-   handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
-   See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
-
-   Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
-   Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
-   or is an exact match for some defined option.  If they have an
-   argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
-   from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
-   When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
-   `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
-   if the `flag' field is zero.
-
-   The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
-   But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
-   with other systems.
-
-   LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
-   element containing a name which is zero.
-
-   LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
-   It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
-   recent call.
-
-   If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
-   long-named options.  */
-
-int
-_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *optstring;
-     const struct option *longopts;
-     int *longind;
-     int long_only;
-{
-  optarg = NULL;
-
-  if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized)
-    {
-      if (optind == 0)
-	optind = 1;	/* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
-      optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring);
-      __getopt_initialized = 1;
-    }
-
-  /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument.
-     Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
-     from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
-     is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
-		     || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
-			 && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
-#else
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
-#endif
-
-  if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
-    {
-      /* Advance to the next ARGV-element.  */
-
-      /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been
-	 moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments).  */
-      if (last_nonopt > optind)
-	last_nonopt = optind;
-      if (first_nonopt > optind)
-	first_nonopt = optind;
-
-      if (ordering == PERMUTE)
-	{
-	  /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
-	     exchange them so that the options come first.  */
-
-	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
-	    exchange ((char **) argv);
-	  else if (last_nonopt != optind)
-	    first_nonopt = optind;
-
-	  /* Skip any additional non-options
-	     and extend the range of non-options previously skipped.  */
-
-	  while (optind < argc && NONOPTION_P)
-	    optind++;
-	  last_nonopt = optind;
-	}
-
-      /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
-	 Skip it like a null option,
-	 then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
-	 then skip everything else like a non-option.  */
-
-      if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
-	{
-	  optind++;
-
-	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
-	    exchange ((char **) argv);
-	  else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
-	    first_nonopt = optind;
-	  last_nonopt = argc;
-
-	  optind = argc;
-	}
-
-      /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
-	 and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted.  */
-
-      if (optind == argc)
-	{
-	  /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
-	     that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
-	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
-	    optind = first_nonopt;
-	  return -1;
-	}
-
-      /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
-	 either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by.  */
-
-      if (NONOPTION_P)
-	{
-	  if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
-	    return -1;
-	  optarg = argv[optind++];
-	  return 1;
-	}
-
-      /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
-	 Skip the initial punctuation.  */
-
-      nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
-		  + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
-    }
-
-  /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element.  */
-
-  /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
-
-     If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
-     a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
-     a long option that starts with f.  Otherwise there would be no
-     way to give the -f short option.
-
-     On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
-     the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
-     the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
-
-     This distinction seems to be the most useful approach.  */
-
-  if (longopts != NULL
-      && (argv[optind][1] == '-'
-	  || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
-    {
-      char *nameend;
-      const struct option *p;
-      const struct option *pfound = NULL;
-      int exact = 0;
-      int ambig = 0;
-      int indfound = -1;
-      int option_index;
-
-      for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
-	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
-
-      /* Test all long options for either exact match
-	 or abbreviated matches.  */
-      for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
-	if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
-	  {
-	    if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar)
-		== (unsigned int) strlen (p->name))
-	      {
-		/* Exact match found.  */
-		pfound = p;
-		indfound = option_index;
-		exact = 1;
-		break;
-	      }
-	    else if (pfound == NULL)
-	      {
-		/* First nonexact match found.  */
-		pfound = p;
-		indfound = option_index;
-	      }
-	    else
-	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
-	      ambig = 1;
-	  }
-
-      if (ambig && !exact)
-	{
-	  if (opterr)
-	    fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
-		     argv[0], argv[optind]);
-	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-	  optind++;
-	  optopt = 0;
-	  return '?';
-	}
-
-      if (pfound != NULL)
-	{
-	  option_index = indfound;
-	  optind++;
-	  if (*nameend)
-	    {
-	      /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
-		 allow it to be used on enums.  */
-	      if (pfound->has_arg)
-		optarg = nameend + 1;
-	      else
-		{
-		  if (opterr)
-		   if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
-		    /* --option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], pfound->name);
-		   else
-		    /* +option or -option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
-
-		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-
-		  optopt = pfound->val;
-		  return '?';
-		}
-	    }
-	  else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
-	    {
-	      if (optind < argc)
-		optarg = argv[optind++];
-	      else
-		{
-		  if (opterr)
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-			   _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
-			   argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
-		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-		  optopt = pfound->val;
-		  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
-		}
-	    }
-	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-	  if (longind != NULL)
-	    *longind = option_index;
-	  if (pfound->flag)
-	    {
-	      *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
-	      return 0;
-	    }
-	  return pfound->val;
-	}
-
-      /* Can't find it as a long option.  If this is not getopt_long_only,
-	 or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
-	 option, then it's an error.
-	 Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
-      if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
-	  || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
-	{
-	  if (opterr)
-	    {
-	      if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
-		/* --option */
-		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
-			 argv[0], nextchar);
-	      else
-		/* +option or -option */
-		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
-			 argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
-	    }
-	  nextchar = (char *) "";
-	  optind++;
-	  optopt = 0;
-	  return '?';
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Look at and handle the next short option-character.  */
-
-  {
-    char c = *nextchar++;
-    char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
-
-    /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
-    if (*nextchar == '\0')
-      ++optind;
-
-    if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
-      {
-	if (opterr)
-	  {
-	    if (posixly_correct)
-	      /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
-	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
-		       argv[0], c);
-	    else
-	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
-		       argv[0], c);
-	  }
-	optopt = c;
-	return '?';
-      }
-    /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */
-    if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';')
-      {
-	char *nameend;
-	const struct option *p;
-	const struct option *pfound = NULL;
-	int exact = 0;
-	int ambig = 0;
-	int indfound = 0;
-	int option_index;
-
-	/* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
-	if (*nextchar != '\0')
-	  {
-	    optarg = nextchar;
-	    /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
-	       we must advance to the next element now.  */
-	    optind++;
-	  }
-	else if (optind == argc)
-	  {
-	    if (opterr)
-	      {
-		/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
-		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
-			 argv[0], c);
-	      }
-	    optopt = c;
-	    if (optstring[0] == ':')
-	      c = ':';
-	    else
-	      c = '?';
-	    return c;
-	  }
-	else
-	  /* We already incremented `optind' once;
-	     increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
-	  optarg = argv[optind++];
-
-	/* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the
-	   table of longopts.  */
-
-	for (nextchar = nameend = optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
-	  /* Do nothing.  */ ;
-
-	/* Test all long options for either exact match
-	   or abbreviated matches.  */
-	for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
-	  if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
-	    {
-	      if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) == strlen (p->name))
-		{
-		  /* Exact match found.  */
-		  pfound = p;
-		  indfound = option_index;
-		  exact = 1;
-		  break;
-		}
-	      else if (pfound == NULL)
-		{
-		  /* First nonexact match found.  */
-		  pfound = p;
-		  indfound = option_index;
-		}
-	      else
-		/* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
-		ambig = 1;
-	    }
-	if (ambig && !exact)
-	  {
-	    if (opterr)
-	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
-		       argv[0], argv[optind]);
-	    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-	    optind++;
-	    return '?';
-	  }
-	if (pfound != NULL)
-	  {
-	    option_index = indfound;
-	    if (*nameend)
-	      {
-		/* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
-		   allow it to be used on enums.  */
-		if (pfound->has_arg)
-		  optarg = nameend + 1;
-		else
-		  {
-		    if (opterr)
-		      fprintf (stderr, _("\
-%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-			       argv[0], pfound->name);
-
-		    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-		    return '?';
-		  }
-	      }
-	    else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
-	      {
-		if (optind < argc)
-		  optarg = argv[optind++];
-		else
-		  {
-		    if (opterr)
-		      fprintf (stderr,
-			       _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
-			       argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
-		    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-		    return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
-		  }
-	      }
-	    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-	    if (longind != NULL)
-	      *longind = option_index;
-	    if (pfound->flag)
-	      {
-		*(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
-		return 0;
-	      }
-	    return pfound->val;
-	  }
-	  nextchar = NULL;
-	  return 'W';	/* Let the application handle it.   */
-      }
-    if (temp[1] == ':')
-      {
-	if (temp[2] == ':')
-	  {
-	    /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally.  */
-	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
-	      {
-		optarg = nextchar;
-		optind++;
-	      }
-	    else
-	      optarg = NULL;
-	    nextchar = NULL;
-	  }
-	else
-	  {
-	    /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
-	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
-	      {
-		optarg = nextchar;
-		/* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
-		   we must advance to the next element now.  */
-		optind++;
-	      }
-	    else if (optind == argc)
-	      {
-		if (opterr)
-		  {
-		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-			   _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
-			   argv[0], c);
-		  }
-		optopt = c;
-		if (optstring[0] == ':')
-		  c = ':';
-		else
-		  c = '?';
-	      }
-	    else
-	      /* We already incremented `optind' once;
-		 increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
-	      optarg = argv[optind++];
-	    nextchar = NULL;
-	  }
-      }
-    return c;
-  }
-}
-
-int
-getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *optstring;
-{
-  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
-			   (const struct option *) 0,
-			   (int *) 0,
-			   0);
-}
-
-#endif	/* Not ELIDE_CODE.  */
-
-#ifdef TEST
-
-/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
-   the above definition of `getopt'.  */
-
-int
-main (argc, argv)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-{
-  int c;
-  int digit_optind = 0;
-
-  while (1)
-    {
-      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
-
-      c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
-      if (c == -1)
-	break;
-
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case '0':
-	case '1':
-	case '2':
-	case '3':
-	case '4':
-	case '5':
-	case '6':
-	case '7':
-	case '8':
-	case '9':
-	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
-	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
-	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
-	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'a':
-	  printf ("option a\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'b':
-	  printf ("option b\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'c':
-	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
-	  break;
-
-	case '?':
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (optind < argc)
-    {
-      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
-      while (optind < argc)
-	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
-      printf ("\n");
-    }
-
-  exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/support/getopt.h b/support/getopt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b25f902..00000000
--- a/support/getopt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _GETOPT_H
-#define _GETOPT_H 1
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
-   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
-   the argument value is returned here.
-   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
-   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
-
-extern char *optarg;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
-   This is used for communication to and from the caller
-   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
-   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
-   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
-   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
-   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
-   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
-
-extern int optind;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
-   for unrecognized options.  */
-
-extern int opterr;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
-
-extern int optopt;
-
-/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
-   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
-   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
-   zero.
-
-   The field `has_arg' is:
-   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
-   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
-   optional_argument 	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
-
-   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
-   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
-   left unchanged if the option is not found.
-
-   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
-   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
-   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
-   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
-   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
-   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
-
-struct option
-{
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-  const char *name;
-#else
-  char *name;
-#endif
-  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
-     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
-  int has_arg;
-  int *flag;
-  int val;
-};
-
-/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
-
-#define	no_argument		0
-#define required_argument	1
-#define optional_argument	2
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
-   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
-   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
-extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
-#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-/* C++ is more pedantic, and demands a full prototype, not this.
-   Hope that stdlib.h has a prototype for `getopt'.  */
-extern int getopt ();
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
-		        const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-
-/* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
-			     int long_only);
-#else /* not __STDC__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-extern int getopt_long ();
-extern int getopt_long_only ();
-
-extern int _getopt_internal ();
-#endif /* __STDC__ */
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* getopt.h */
diff --git a/support/getopt1.c b/support/getopt1.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4aa8de6f..00000000
--- a/support/getopt1.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "getopt.h"
-
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
-/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
-   reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
-#include <gnu-versions.h>
-#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
-#define ELIDE_CODE
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
-
-
-/* This needs to come after some library #include
-   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef	NULL
-#define NULL 0
-#endif
-
-int
-getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *options;
-     const struct option *long_options;
-     int *opt_index;
-{
-  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
-}
-
-/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
-   If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
-   but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
-   instead.  */
-
-int
-getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *options;
-     const struct option *long_options;
-     int *opt_index;
-{
-  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
-}
-
-
-#endif	/* Not ELIDE_CODE.  */
-
-#ifdef TEST
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-int
-main (argc, argv)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-{
-  int c;
-  int digit_optind = 0;
-
-  while (1)
-    {
-      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
-      int option_index = 0;
-      static struct option long_options[] =
-      {
-	{"add", 1, 0, 0},
-	{"append", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
-	{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"create", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"file", 1, 0, 0},
-	{0, 0, 0, 0}
-      };
-
-      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
-		       long_options, &option_index);
-      if (c == -1)
-	break;
-
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case 0:
-	  printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
-	  if (optarg)
-	    printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
-	  printf ("\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case '0':
-	case '1':
-	case '2':
-	case '3':
-	case '4':
-	case '5':
-	case '6':
-	case '7':
-	case '8':
-	case '9':
-	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
-	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
-	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
-	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'a':
-	  printf ("option a\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'b':
-	  printf ("option b\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'c':
-	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'd':
-	  printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
-	  break;
-
-	case '?':
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (optind < argc)
-    {
-      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
-      while (optind < argc)
-	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
-      printf ("\n");
-    }
-
-  exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/support/gnome-argp.c b/support/gnome-argp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f908628..00000000
--- a/support/gnome-argp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-/* Gnome-specific code to help with argp integration.
-   Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.  */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
-char *program_invocation_short_name;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
-char *program_invocation_name;
-#endif
diff --git a/support/gnome-argp.h b/support/gnome-argp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fc18a87f..00000000
--- a/support/gnome-argp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-/* Gnome-specific code to help with argp integration.
-   Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.  */
-
-#ifndef __GNOME_ARGP_H__
-#define __GNOME_ARGP_H__
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNDUP
-/* Like strdup, but only copy N chars.  */
-extern char *strndup (const char *s, size_t n);
-#endif
-
-/* Some systems, like Red Hat 4.0, define these but don't declare
-   them.  Hopefully it is safe to always declare them here.  */
-extern char *program_invocation_short_name;
-extern char *program_invocation_name;
-
-#define __mempcpy(To,From,Len) ((char *)memcpy ((To), (From), (Len)) + (Len))
-
-#endif /* __GNOME_ARGP_H__ */
diff --git a/support/gnome-support-2.0.pc.in b/support/gnome-support-2.0.pc.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 4741ef0f..00000000
--- a/support/gnome-support-2.0.pc.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-prefix=@prefix@
-exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
-libdir=@libdir@
-includedir=@includedir@
-
-Name: gnome-support
-Description: GNOME support library
-Version: @VERSION@
-Requires: gnome-common-2.0
-Libs: -lgnomesupport-1.3
-Cflags: 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/support/gnomesupport-fake.h b/support/gnomesupport-fake.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3431ce92..00000000
--- a/support/gnomesupport-fake.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef GNOMESUPPORT_FAKE_H_
-#define GNOMESUPPORT_FAKE_H_
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-/* ??? This is required to get `size_t' on some systems.  */
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#include <gnomesupport.h>
-
-/* Some systems, like Red Hat 4.0, define these but don't declare
-   them.  Hopefully it is safe to always declare them here.  */
-extern char *program_invocation_short_name;
-extern char *program_invocation_name;
-
-/* Override some of config.h.
-   Gnomesupport provides the replacements for these, so you actually
-   HAVE_ them.  */
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR
-# define HAVE_STRERROR 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
-# define HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
-# define HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME 1
-#endif
-
-#endif /* GNOMESUPPORT_FAKE_H_ */
diff --git a/support/gnomesupport.awk b/support/gnomesupport.awk
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f89ab6a..00000000
--- a/support/gnomesupport.awk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
-# This program is used to generate gnomesupport.h
-
-# Print prologue
-BEGIN {
-  print "/* gnomesupport.h */";
-  print "/* This is a generated file.  Please modify `gnomesupport.awk' */";
-  print "";
-  print "#ifndef GNOMESUPPORT_H";
-  print "#define GNOMESUPPORT_H";
-  print "";
-  print "#include <stddef.h>		/* for size_t */";
-}
-
-# For each `#define HAVE_FOO 1', set def["HAVE_FOO"] = 1
-/^\#define[ \t]/ { def[$2] = 1; }
-
-END {
-  if (!def["HAVE_VASPRINTF"] || !def["HAVE_VSNPRINTF"]) {
-    print "#include <stdarg.h>";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_SCANDIR"] || def["NEED_DECLARATION_SCANDIR"]) {
-    print "#include <sys/types.h>";
-
-    if (def["HAVE_DIRENT_H"]) {
-      print "#include <dirent.h>";
-      print "#define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name)";
-    } else {
-      print "#define dirent direct";
-      print "#define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen";
-      
-      if (def["HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H"])
-	print "#include <sys/ndir.h>";
-      if (def["HAVE_SYS_DIR_H"])
-	print "#include <sys/dir.h>";
-      if (def["HAVE_NDIR_H"])
-	print "#include <ndir.h>";
-    }
-  }
-
-  print "";
-  print "#ifdef __cplusplus";
-  print "extern \"C\" {";
-  print "#endif /* __cplusplus */";
-
-  if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_GETHOSTNAME"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Get name of current host.  */";
-    print "int gethostname(char */*name*/, int /*namelen*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_SETREUID"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Set real and effective user ID. */";
-    print "int setreuid(uid_t /*ruid*/, uid_t /*euid*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_SETREGID"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Set real and effective group ID. */";
-    print "int setregid(gid_t /*rgid*/, gid_t /*egid*/);";
-  }
-  
-  if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_GETPAGESIZE"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Get system page size. */";
-    print "size_t getpagesize(void);";
-  }
-  
-  if (!def["HAVE_MEMMOVE"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Copies len bytes from src to dest. */";
-    print "void * memmove (void */*dest*/, const void */*src*/, size_t /*len*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_MKSTEMP"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Generate a unique temporary file name from TEMPLATE.";
-    print "   The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";";
-    print "   they are replaced with a string that makes the filename";
-    print "   unique.  Returns a file descriptor open on the file for";
-    print "   reading and writing.  */";
-    print "int mkstemp (char */*template*/);";
-  }
-  
-  if (!def["HAVE_SCANDIR"] || def["NEED_DECLARATION_SCANDIR"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Scan the directory DIR, calling SELECTOR on each directory";
-    print "   entry.  Entries for which SELECTOR returns nonzero are";
-    print "   individually malloc'd, sorted using qsort with CMP, and";
-    print "   collected in a malloc'd array in *NAMELIST.  Returns the";
-    print "   number of entries selected, or -1 on error.  */";
-    print "int scandir (const char */*dir*/, struct dirent ***/*namelist*/,";
-    print "             int (*/*selector*/) (struct dirent *),";
-    print "             int (*/*cmp*/) (const void *, const void *));";
-    print "";
-    print "/* Function to compare two `struct dirent's alphabetically.  */";
-    print "int alphasort (const void */*a*/, const void */*b*/);";
-  }
-  
-  if (!def["HAVE_STRERROR"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Return a string describing the meaning of the `errno' code";
-    print "   in ERRNUM.  */";
-    print "extern char *strerror (int /*errnum*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_STRCASECMP"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Compare S1 and S2, ignoring case.  */";
-    print "int strcasecmp (const char */*s1*/, const char */*s2*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_STRNDUP"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Return a malloc'd copy of at most N bytes of STRING.  The";
-    print "   resultant string is terminated even if no null terminator";
-    print "   appears before STRING[N].  */";
-    print "char * strndup (const char */*s*/, size_t /*n*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_STRNLEN"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN";
-    print "   characters.  If no '\\0' terminator is found in that many";
-    print "   characters, return MAXLEN.  */";
-    print "size_t strnlen (const char */*string*/, size_t /*maxlen*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_STRTOK_R"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Divide S into tokens separated by characters in DELIM.";
-    print "   Information passed between calls are stored in SAVE_PTR.  */";
-    print "char * strtok_r (char */*s*/, const char */*delim*/,";
-    print "                 char **/*save_ptr*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_STRTOD"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by";
-    print "   nptr to double representation and return the converted value.";
-    print "   If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the";
-    print "   last character used in the conversion is stored in the";
-    print "   location referenced by endptr. */";
-    print "double strtod (const char */*nptr*/, char **/*endptr*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_STRTOL"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by";
-    print "   nptr to a long integer value according to the given base.";
-    print "   If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the";
-    print "   last character used in the conversion is stored in the";
-    print "   location referenced by endptr. */";
-    print "long int strtol (const char */*nptr*/, char **/*endptr*/, int /*base*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_STRTOUL"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by";
-    print "   nptr to an unsigned long integer value according to the given base.";
-    print "   If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the";
-    print "   last character used in the conversion is stored in the";
-    print "   location referenced by endptr. */";
-    print "unsigned long int strtoul (const char */*nptr*/, char **/*endptr*/,";
-    print "                          int /*base*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_VASPRINTF"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with";
-    print "   `malloc'.  Store the address of the string in *PTR.  */";
-    print "int vasprintf (char **/*ptr*/, const char */*format*/,";
-    print "               va_list /*args*/);";
-    print "int asprintf (char **/*ptr*/, const char */*format*/, ...);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_VSNPRINTF"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Maximum chars of output to write is MAXLEN.  */";
-    print "int vsnprintf (char */*str*/, size_t /*maxlen*/,";
-    print "               char */*fmt*/, va_list /*ap*/);";
-    print "int snprintf (char */*str*/, size_t /*maxlen*/,";
-    print "              char */*fmt*/, ...);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_REALPATH"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME.  A canonical name";
-    print "   does not contain any `.', `..' components nor any repeated path";
-    print "   separators ('/') or symlinks.  All path components must exist.";
-    print "   If the canonical name is PATH_MAX chars or more, returns null with";
-    print "   `errno' set to ENAMETOOLONG; if the name fits in fewer than PATH_MAX";
-    print "   chars, returns the name in RESOLVED.  If the name cannot be resolved";
-    print "   and RESOLVED is non-NULL, it contains the path of the first component";
-    print "   that cannot be resolved.  If the path can be resolved, RESOLVED";
-    print "   holds the same value as the value returned.  */";
-    print "";
-    print "char *realpath (char */*path*/, char /*resolved_path*/[]);";
-  }
-
-  print "";
-  print "#ifdef __cplusplus";
-  print "}";
-  print "#endif /* __cplusplus */";
-  print "";
-  print "#endif /* GNOMESUPPORT_H */";
-}
diff --git a/support/memmove.c b/support/memmove.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 96e257ed..00000000
--- a/support/memmove.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-/* Wrapper to implement ANSI C's memmove using BSD's bcopy. */
-/* This function is in the public domain.  --Per Bothner. */
-
-#ifdef __STDC__
-#include <stddef.h>
-#else
-#define size_t unsigned long
-#endif
-
-void *
-memmove (s1, s2, n)
-     void *s1;
-     const void *s2;
-     size_t n;
-{
-  bcopy (s2, s1, n);
-  return s1;
-}
diff --git a/support/mkstemp.c b/support/mkstemp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 09c5a55e..00000000
--- a/support/mkstemp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <sys/time.h>
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-#include <stdint.h>
-#define gettimeofday __gettimeofday
-#define set_errno(e) __set_errno(e)
-typedef uint64_t big_type;
-#else
-#define set_errno(e) errno = (e)
-/* FIXME: maybe check for long long.  */
-typedef long big_type;
-#endif
-
-/* Generate a unique temporary file name from TEMPLATE.
-   The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
-   they are replaced with a string that makes the filename unique.
-   Returns a file descriptor open on the file for reading and writing.  */
-int
-mkstemp (template)
-     char *template;
-{
-  static const char letters[]
-    = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789";
-  static big_type value;
-  struct timeval tv;
-  char *XXXXXX;
-  size_t len;
-  int count;
-
-  len = strlen (template);
-  if (len < 6 || strcmp (&template[len - 6], "XXXXXX"))
-    {
-      set_errno (EINVAL);
-      return -1;
-    }
-
-  /* This is where the Xs start.  */
-  XXXXXX = &template[len - 6];
-
-  /* Get some more or less random data.  */
-  gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
-  value += ((big_type) tv.tv_usec << 16) ^ tv.tv_sec ^ getpid ();
-
-  for (count = 0; count < TMP_MAX; ++count)
-    {
-      big_type v = value;
-      int fd;
-
-      /* Fill in the random bits.  */
-      XXXXXX[0] = letters[v % 62];
-      v /= 62;
-      XXXXXX[1] = letters[v % 62];
-      v /= 62;
-      XXXXXX[2] = letters[v % 62];
-      v /= 62;
-      XXXXXX[3] = letters[v % 62];
-      v /= 62;
-      XXXXXX[4] = letters[v % 62];
-      v /= 62;
-      XXXXXX[5] = letters[v % 62];
-
-      fd = open (template, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0600);
-      if (fd >= 0)
-	/* The file does not exist.  */
-	return fd;
-
-      /* This is a random value.  It is only necessary that the next
-	 TMP_MAX values generated by adding 7777 to VALUE are different
-	 with (module 2^32).  */
-      value += 7777;
-    }
-
-  /* We return the null string if we can't find a unique file name.  */
-  template[0] = '\0';
-  return -1;
-}
diff --git a/support/popt-gnome.h b/support/popt-gnome.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5046fade..00000000
--- a/support/popt-gnome.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
-   file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
-   ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
-
-#ifndef H_POPT
-#define H_POPT
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>			/* for FILE * */
-
-#define POPT_OPTION_DEPTH	10
-
-#define POPT_ARG_NONE		0
-#define POPT_ARG_STRING		1
-#define POPT_ARG_INT		2
-#define POPT_ARG_LONG		3
-#define POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE	4	/* arg points to table */
-#define POPT_ARG_CALLBACK	5	/* table-wide callback... must be
-					   set first in table; arg points 
-					   to callback, descrip points to 
-					   callback data to pass */
-#define POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN    6       /* set the translation domain
-					   for this table and any
-					   included tables; arg points
-					   to the domain string */
-#define POPT_ARG_VAL		7	/* arg should take value val */
-#define POPT_ARG_MASK		0x0000FFFF
-#define POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH	0x80000000  /* allow -longoption */
-#define POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN 0x40000000  /* don't show in help/usage */
-#define POPT_CBFLAG_PRE		0x80000000  /* call the callback before parse */
-#define POPT_CBFLAG_POST	0x40000000  /* call the callback after parse */
-#define POPT_CBFLAG_INC_DATA	0x20000000  /* use data from the include line,
-					       not the subtable */
-
-#define POPT_ERROR_NOARG	-10
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADOPT	-11
-#define POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP	-13
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE	-15	/* only from poptParseArgString() */
-#define POPT_ERROR_ERRNO	-16	/* only from poptParseArgString() */
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER	-17
-#define POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW	-18
-
-/* poptBadOption() flags */
-#define POPT_BADOPTION_NOALIAS  (1 << 0)  /* don't go into an alias */
-
-/* poptGetContext() flags */
-#define POPT_CONTEXT_NO_EXEC	(1 << 0)  /* ignore exec expansions */
-#define POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST	(1 << 1)  /* pay attention to argv[0] */
-#define POPT_CONTEXT_POSIXMEHARDER (1 << 2) /* options can't follow args */
-
-struct poptOption {
-    /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName;	/* may be NULL */
-    char shortName;		/* may be '\0' */
-    int argInfo;
-    /*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ void * arg;		/* depends on argInfo */
-    int val;			/* 0 means don't return, just update flag */
-    /*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * descrip;	/* description for autohelp -- may be NULL */
-    /*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * argDescrip;	/* argument description for autohelp */
-};
-
-struct poptAlias {
-    /*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName;	/* may be NULL */
-    char shortName;		/* may be '\0' */
-    int argc;
-    /*@owned@*/ const char ** argv;		/* must be free()able */
-};
-
-extern struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[];
-#define POPT_AUTOHELP { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE, poptHelpOptions, \
-			0, "Help options", NULL },
-
-typedef struct poptContext_s * poptContext;
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-typedef struct poptOption * poptOption;
-#endif
-
-enum poptCallbackReason { POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_PRE, 
-			  POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_POST,
-			  POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_OPTION };
-typedef void (*poptCallbackType)(poptContext con, 
-				 enum poptCallbackReason reason,
-			         const struct poptOption * opt,
-				 const char * arg, const void * data);
-
-/*@only@*/ poptContext poptGetContext(/*@keep@*/ const char * name,
-		int argc, /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv,
-		/*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options, int flags);
-void poptResetContext(poptContext con);
-
-/* returns 'val' element, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error */
-int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con);
-/* returns NULL if no argument is available */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetOptArg(poptContext con);
-/* returns NULL if no more options are available */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetArg(poptContext con);
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptPeekArg(poptContext con);
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** poptGetArgs(poptContext con);
-/* returns the option which caused the most recent error */
-/*@observer@*/ const char * poptBadOption(poptContext con, int flags);
-void poptFreeContext( /*@only@*/ poptContext con);
-int poptStuffArgs(poptContext con, /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv);
-int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias alias, int flags);
-int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn);
-/* like above, but reads /etc/popt and $HOME/.popt along with environment 
-   vars */
-int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, int useEnv);
-/* argv should be freed -- this allows ', ", and \ quoting, but ' is treated
-   the same as " and both may include \ quotes */
-int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv,
-		/*@out@*/ int * argcPtr, /*@out@*/ const char *** argvPtr);
-int poptParseArgvString(const char * s,
-		/*@out@*/ int * argcPtr, /*@out@*/ const char *** argvPtr);
-/*@observer@*/ const char *const poptStrerror(const int error);
-void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute);
-void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * f, int flags);
-void poptPrintUsage(poptContext con, FILE * f, int flags);
-void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text);
-/*@observer@*/ const char * poptGetInvocationName(poptContext con);
-
-#ifdef  __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/support/popt.c b/support/popt.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 283cf83c..00000000
--- a/support/popt.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,713 +0,0 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
-   file accompanying popt source distributions, available from
-   ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
-
-#include "system.h"
-#include "findme.h"
-#include "poptint.h"
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR
-static char * strerror(int errno) {
-    extern int sys_nerr;
-    extern char * sys_errlist[];
-
-    if ((0 <= errno) && (errno < sys_nerr))
-	return sys_errlist[errno];
-    else
-	return POPT_("unknown errno");
-}
-#endif
-
-void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute) {
-    if (con->execPath) xfree(con->execPath);
-    con->execPath = xstrdup(path);
-    con->execAbsolute = allowAbsolute;
-}
-
-static void invokeCallbacks(poptContext con, const struct poptOption * table,
-			    int post) {
-    const struct poptOption * opt = table;
-    poptCallbackType cb;
-
-    while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
-	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
-	    invokeCallbacks(con, opt->arg, post);
-	} else if (((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_CALLBACK) &&
-		   ((!post && (opt->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_PRE)) ||
-		    ( post && (opt->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_POST)))) {
-	    cb = (poptCallbackType)opt->arg;
-	    cb(con, post ? POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_POST : POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_PRE,
-	       NULL, NULL, opt->descrip);
-	}
-	opt++;
-    }
-}
-
-poptContext poptGetContext(const char * name, int argc, const char ** argv,
-			   const struct poptOption * options, int flags) {
-    poptContext con = malloc(sizeof(*con));
-
-    memset(con, 0, sizeof(*con));
-
-    con->os = con->optionStack;
-    con->os->argc = argc;
-    con->os->argv = argv;
-    con->os->argb = NULL;
-
-    if (!(flags & POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST))
-	con->os->next = 1;			/* skip argv[0] */
-
-    con->leftovers = calloc( (argc + 1), sizeof(char *) );
-    con->options = options;
-    con->aliases = NULL;
-    con->numAliases = 0;
-    con->flags = flags;
-    con->execs = NULL;
-    con->numExecs = 0;
-    con->finalArgvAlloced = argc * 2;
-    con->finalArgv = calloc( con->finalArgvAlloced, sizeof(*con->finalArgv) );
-    con->execAbsolute = 1;
-
-    if (getenv("POSIXLY_CORRECT") || getenv("POSIX_ME_HARDER"))
-	con->flags |= POPT_CONTEXT_POSIXMEHARDER;
-
-    if (name)
-	con->appName = strcpy(malloc(strlen(name) + 1), name);
-
-    invokeCallbacks(con, con->options, 0);
-
-    return con;
-}
-
-static void cleanOSE(struct optionStackEntry *os)
-{
-    if (os->nextArg) {
-	xfree(os->nextArg);
-	os->nextArg = NULL;
-    }
-    if (os->argv) {
-	xfree(os->argv);
-	os->argv = NULL;
-    }
-    if (os->argb) {
-	PBM_FREE(os->argb);
-	os->argb = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-void poptResetContext(poptContext con) {
-    int i;
-
-    while (con->os > con->optionStack) {
-	cleanOSE(con->os--);
-    }
-    if (con->os->argb) {
-	PBM_FREE(con->os->argb);
-	con->os->argb = NULL;
-    }
-    con->os->currAlias = NULL;
-    con->os->nextCharArg = NULL;
-    con->os->nextArg = NULL;
-    con->os->next = 1;			/* skip argv[0] */
-
-    con->numLeftovers = 0;
-    con->nextLeftover = 0;
-    con->restLeftover = 0;
-    con->doExec = NULL;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < con->finalArgvCount; i++) {
-	if (con->finalArgv[i]) {
-	    xfree(con->finalArgv[i]);
-	    con->finalArgv[i] = NULL;
-	}
-    }
-
-    con->finalArgvCount = 0;
-}
-
-/* Only one of longName, shortName may be set at a time */
-static int handleExec(poptContext con, char * longName, char shortName) {
-    int i;
-
-    i = con->numExecs - 1;
-    if (longName) {
-	while (i >= 0 && (!con->execs[i].longName ||
-	    strcmp(con->execs[i].longName, longName))) i--;
-    } else {
-	while (i >= 0 &&
-	    con->execs[i].shortName != shortName) i--;
-    }
-
-    if (i < 0) return 0;
-
-    if (con->flags & POPT_CONTEXT_NO_EXEC)
-	return 1;
-
-    if (con->doExec == NULL) {
-	con->doExec = con->execs + i;
-	return 1;
-    }
-
-    /* We already have an exec to do; remember this option for next
-       time 'round */
-    if ((con->finalArgvCount + 1) >= (con->finalArgvAlloced)) {
-	con->finalArgvAlloced += 10;
-	con->finalArgv = realloc(con->finalArgv,
-			sizeof(*con->finalArgv) * con->finalArgvAlloced);
-    }
-
-    i = con->finalArgvCount++;
-    {	char *s  = malloc((longName ? strlen(longName) : 0) + 3);
-	if (longName)
-	    sprintf(s, "--%s", longName);
-	else
-	    sprintf(s, "-%c", shortName);
-	con->finalArgv[i] = s;
-    }
-
-    return 1;
-}
-
-/* Only one of longName, shortName may be set at a time */
-static int handleAlias(poptContext con, const char * longName, char shortName,
-		       /*@keep@*/ const char * nextCharArg) {
-    int i;
-
-    if (con->os->currAlias && con->os->currAlias->longName && longName &&
-	!strcmp(con->os->currAlias->longName, longName))
-	return 0;
-    if (con->os->currAlias && shortName &&
-	    shortName == con->os->currAlias->shortName)
-	return 0;
-
-    i = con->numAliases - 1;
-    if (longName) {
-	while (i >= 0 && (!con->aliases[i].longName ||
-	    strcmp(con->aliases[i].longName, longName))) i--;
-    } else {
-	while (i >= 0 &&
-	    con->aliases[i].shortName != shortName) i--;
-    }
-
-    if (i < 0) return 0;
-
-    if ((con->os - con->optionStack + 1) == POPT_OPTION_DEPTH)
-	return POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP;
-
-    if (nextCharArg && *nextCharArg)
-	con->os->nextCharArg = nextCharArg;
-
-    con->os++;
-    con->os->next = 0;
-    con->os->stuffed = 0;
-    con->os->nextArg = NULL;
-    con->os->nextCharArg = NULL;
-    con->os->currAlias = con->aliases + i;
-    poptDupArgv(con->os->currAlias->argc, con->os->currAlias->argv,
-		&con->os->argc, &con->os->argv);
-    con->os->argb = NULL;
-
-    return 1;
-}
-
-static void execCommand(poptContext con) {
-    const char ** argv;
-    int pos = 0;
-    const char * script = con->doExec->script;
-
-    argv = malloc(sizeof(*argv) *
-			(6 + con->numLeftovers + con->finalArgvCount));
-
-    if (!con->execAbsolute && strchr(script, '/')) return;
-
-    if (!strchr(script, '/') && con->execPath) {
-	char *s = alloca(strlen(con->execPath) + strlen(script) + 2);
-	sprintf(s, "%s/%s", con->execPath, script);
-	argv[pos] = s;
-    } else {
-	argv[pos] = script;
-    }
-    pos++;
-
-    argv[pos] = findProgramPath(con->os->argv[0]);
-    if (argv[pos]) pos++;
-    argv[pos++] = ";";
-
-    memcpy(argv + pos, con->finalArgv, sizeof(*argv) * con->finalArgvCount);
-    pos += con->finalArgvCount;
-
-    if (con->numLeftovers) {
-	argv[pos++] = "--";
-	memcpy(argv + pos, con->leftovers, sizeof(*argv) * con->numLeftovers);
-	pos += con->numLeftovers;
-    }
-
-    argv[pos++] = NULL;
-
-#ifdef __hpux
-    setresuid(getuid(), getuid(),-1);
-#else
-/*
- * XXX " ... on BSD systems setuid() should be preferred over setreuid()"
- * XXX 	sez' Timur Bakeyev <mc@bat.ru>
- * XXX	from Norbert Warmuth <nwarmuth@privat.circular.de>
- */
-#if defined(HAVE_SETUID)
-    setuid(getuid());
-#elif defined (HAVE_SETREUID)
-    setreuid(getuid(), getuid()); /*hlauer: not portable to hpux9.01 */
-#else
-    ; /* Can't drop privileges */
-#endif
-#endif
-
-    execvp(argv[0], (char *const *)argv);
-}
-
-/*@observer@*/ static const struct poptOption *
-findOption(const struct poptOption * table, const char * longName,
-    char shortName,
-    /*@out@*/ poptCallbackType * callback, /*@out@*/ const void ** callbackData,
-    int singleDash)
-{
-    const struct poptOption * opt = table;
-    const struct poptOption * opt2;
-    const struct poptOption * cb = NULL;
-
-    /* This happens when a single - is given */
-    if (singleDash && !shortName && !*longName)
-	shortName = '-';
-
-    while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
-	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
-	    opt2 = findOption(opt->arg, longName, shortName, callback,
-			      callbackData, singleDash);
-	    if (opt2) {
-		if (*callback && !*callbackData)
-		    *callbackData = opt->descrip;
-		return opt2;
-	    }
-	} else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_CALLBACK) {
-	    cb = opt;
-	} else if (longName && opt->longName &&
-		   (!singleDash || (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH)) &&
-		   !strcmp(longName, opt->longName)) {
-	    break;
-	} else if (shortName && shortName == opt->shortName) {
-	    break;
-	}
-	opt++;
-    }
-
-    if (!opt->longName && !opt->shortName) return NULL;
-    *callbackData = NULL;
-    *callback = NULL;
-    if (cb) {
-	*callback = (poptCallbackType)cb->arg;
-	if (!(cb->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_INC_DATA))
-	    *callbackData = cb->descrip;
-    }
-
-    return opt;
-}
-
-static const char *findNextArg(poptContext con, unsigned argx, int delete)
-{
-    struct optionStackEntry * os = con->os;
-    const char * arg;
-
-    do {
-	int i;
-	arg = NULL;
-	while (os->next == os->argc && os > con->optionStack) os--;
-	if (os->next == os->argc && os == con->optionStack) break;
-	for (i = os->next; i < os->argc; i++) {
-	    if (os->argb && PBM_ISSET(i, os->argb)) continue;
-	    if (*os->argv[i] == '-') continue;
-	    if (--argx > 0) continue;
-	    arg = os->argv[i];
-	    if (delete) {
-		if (os->argb == NULL) os->argb = PBM_ALLOC(os->argc);
-		PBM_SET(i, os->argb);
-	    }
-	    break;
-	}
-	if (os > con->optionStack) os--;
-    } while (arg == NULL);
-    return arg;
-}
-
-static /*@only@*/ const char * expandNextArg(poptContext con, const char * s)
-{
-    const char *a;
-    size_t alen;
-    char *t, *te;
-    size_t tn = strlen(s) + 1;
-    char c;
-
-    te = t = malloc(tn);;
-    while ((c = *s++) != '\0') {
-	switch (c) {
-	case '\\':	/* escape */
-	    c = *s++;
-	    break;
-	case '!':
-	    if (!(s[0] == '#' && s[1] == ':' && s[2] == '+'))
-		break;
-	    if ((a = findNextArg(con, 1, 1)) == NULL)
-		break;
-	    s += 3;
-
-	    alen = strlen(a);
-	    tn += alen;
-	    *te = '\0';
-	    t = realloc(t, tn);
-	    te = t + strlen(t);
-	    strncpy(te, a, alen); te += alen;
-	    continue;
-	    /*@notreached@*/ break;
-	default:
-	    break;
-	}
-	*te++ = c;
-    }
-    *te = '\0';
-    t = realloc(t, strlen(t));	/* XXX memory leak, hard to plug */
-    return t;
-}
-
-/* returns 'val' element, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error */
-int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
-{
-    const struct poptOption * opt = NULL;
-    int done = 0;
-
-    while (!done) {
-	const char * origOptString = NULL;
-	poptCallbackType cb = NULL;
-	const void * cbData = NULL;
-	const char * longArg = NULL;
-
-	while (!con->os->nextCharArg && con->os->next == con->os->argc
-		&& con->os > con->optionStack) {
-	    cleanOSE(con->os--);
-	}
-	if (!con->os->nextCharArg && con->os->next == con->os->argc) {
-	    invokeCallbacks(con, con->options, 1);
-	    if (con->doExec) execCommand(con);
-	    return -1;
-	}
-
-	/* Process next long option */
-	if (!con->os->nextCharArg) {
-	    char * localOptString, * optString;
-
-	    if (con->os->argb && PBM_ISSET(con->os->next, con->os->argb)) {
-		con->os->next++;
-		continue;
-	    }
-	    origOptString = con->os->argv[con->os->next++];
-
-	    if (con->restLeftover || *origOptString != '-') {
-		con->leftovers[con->numLeftovers++] = origOptString;
-		if (con->flags & POPT_CONTEXT_POSIXMEHARDER)
-		    con->restLeftover = 1;
-		continue;
-	    }
-
-	    /* Make a copy we can hack at */
-	    localOptString = optString =
-			strcpy(alloca(strlen(origOptString) + 1),
-			origOptString);
-
-	    if (!optString[0])
-		return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;
-
-	    if (optString[1] == '-' && !optString[2]) {
-		con->restLeftover = 1;
-		continue;
-	    } else {
-		char *oe;
-		int singleDash;
-
-		optString++;
-		if (*optString == '-')
-		    singleDash = 0, optString++;
-		else
-		    singleDash = 1;
-
-		/* XXX aliases with arg substitution need "--alias=arg" */
-		if (handleAlias(con, optString, '\0', NULL))
-		    continue;
-		if (handleExec(con, optString, '\0'))
-		    continue;
-
-		/* Check for "--long=arg" option. */
-		for (oe = optString; *oe && *oe != '='; oe++)
-		    ;
-		if (*oe == '=') {
-		    *oe++ = '\0';
-		    /* XXX longArg is mapped back to persistent storage. */
-		    longArg = origOptString + (oe - localOptString);
-		}
-
-		opt = findOption(con->options, optString, '\0', &cb, &cbData,
-				 singleDash);
-		if (!opt && !singleDash)
-		    return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;
-	    }
-
-	    if (!opt)
-		con->os->nextCharArg = origOptString + 1;
-	}
-
-	/* Process next short option */
-	if (con->os->nextCharArg) {
-	    origOptString = con->os->nextCharArg;
-
-	    con->os->nextCharArg = NULL;
-
-	    if (handleAlias(con, NULL, *origOptString,
-			    origOptString + 1)) {
-		origOptString++;
-		continue;
-	    }
-	    if (handleExec(con, NULL, *origOptString))
-		continue;
-
-	    opt = findOption(con->options, NULL, *origOptString, &cb,
-			     &cbData, 0);
-	    if (!opt)
-		return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;
-
-	    origOptString++;
-	    if (*origOptString)
-		con->os->nextCharArg = origOptString;
-	}
-
-	if (opt->arg && (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_NONE) {
-	    *((int *)opt->arg) = 1;
-	} else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_VAL) {
-	    if (opt->arg)
-		*((int *) opt->arg) = opt->val;
-	} else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_NONE) {
-	    if (con->os->nextArg) {
-		xfree(con->os->nextArg);
-		con->os->nextArg = NULL;
-	    }
-	    if (longArg) {
-		con->os->nextArg = expandNextArg(con, longArg);
-	    } else if (con->os->nextCharArg) {
-		con->os->nextArg = expandNextArg(con, con->os->nextCharArg);
-		con->os->nextCharArg = NULL;
-	    } else {
-		while (con->os->next == con->os->argc &&
-		       con->os > con->optionStack) {
-		    cleanOSE(con->os--);
-		}
-		if (con->os->next == con->os->argc)
-		    return POPT_ERROR_NOARG;
-
-		con->os->nextArg = expandNextArg(con, con->os->argv[con->os->next++]);
-	    }
-
-	    if (opt->arg) {
-		long aLong;
-		char *end;
-
-		switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) {
-		  case POPT_ARG_STRING:
-		    /* XXX memory leak, hard to plug */
-		    *((const char **) opt->arg) = xstrdup(con->os->nextArg);
-		    break;
-
-		  case POPT_ARG_INT:
-		  case POPT_ARG_LONG:
-		    aLong = strtol(con->os->nextArg, &end, 0);
-		    if (!(end && *end == '\0'))
-			return POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER;
-
-		    if (aLong == LONG_MIN || aLong == LONG_MAX)
-			return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW;
-		    if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_LONG) {
-			*((long *) opt->arg) = aLong;
-		    } else {
-			if (aLong > INT_MAX || aLong < INT_MIN)
-			    return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW;
-			*((int *) opt->arg) = aLong;
-		    }
-		    break;
-
-		  default:
-		    fprintf(stdout, POPT_("option type (%d) not implemented in popt\n"),
-		      opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK);
-		    exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-
-	if (cb)
-	    cb(con, POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_OPTION, opt, con->os->nextArg, cbData);
-	else if (opt->val && ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_VAL))
-	    done = 1;
-
-	if ((con->finalArgvCount + 2) >= (con->finalArgvAlloced)) {
-	    con->finalArgvAlloced += 10;
-	    con->finalArgv = realloc(con->finalArgv,
-			    sizeof(*con->finalArgv) * con->finalArgvAlloced);
-	}
-
-	{    char *s = malloc((opt->longName ? strlen(opt->longName) : 0) + 3);
-	    if (opt->longName)
-		sprintf(s, "--%s", opt->longName);
-	    else
-		sprintf(s, "-%c", opt->shortName);
-	    con->finalArgv[con->finalArgvCount++] = s;
-	}
-
-	if (opt->arg && (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_NONE
-		     && (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_VAL) {
-	    con->finalArgv[con->finalArgvCount++] = xstrdup(con->os->nextArg);
-	}
-    }
-
-    return opt->val;
-}
-
-const char * poptGetOptArg(poptContext con) {
-    const char * ret = con->os->nextArg;
-    con->os->nextArg = NULL;
-    return ret;
-}
-
-const char * poptGetArg(poptContext con) {
-    if (con->numLeftovers == con->nextLeftover) return NULL;
-    return con->leftovers[con->nextLeftover++];
-}
-
-const char * poptPeekArg(poptContext con) {
-    if (con->numLeftovers == con->nextLeftover) return NULL;
-    return con->leftovers[con->nextLeftover];
-}
-
-const char ** poptGetArgs(poptContext con) {
-    if (con->numLeftovers == con->nextLeftover) return NULL;
-
-    /* some apps like [like RPM ;-) ] need this NULL terminated */
-    con->leftovers[con->numLeftovers] = NULL;
-
-    return (con->leftovers + con->nextLeftover);
-}
-
-void poptFreeContext(poptContext con) {
-    int i;
-
-    poptResetContext(con);
-    if (con->os->argb) free(con->os->argb);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < con->numAliases; i++) {
-	if (con->aliases[i].longName) xfree(con->aliases[i].longName);
-	free(con->aliases[i].argv);
-    }
-
-    for (i = 0; i < con->numExecs; i++) {
-	if (con->execs[i].longName) xfree(con->execs[i].longName);
-	xfree(con->execs[i].script);
-    }
-    if (con->execs) xfree(con->execs);
-
-    free(con->leftovers);
-    free(con->finalArgv);
-    if (con->appName) xfree(con->appName);
-    if (con->aliases) free(con->aliases);
-    if (con->otherHelp) xfree(con->otherHelp);
-    if (con->execPath) xfree(con->execPath);
-    free(con);
-}
-
-int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias newAlias,
-		/*@unused@*/ int flags)
-{
-    int aliasNum = con->numAliases++;
-    struct poptAlias * alias;
-
-    /* SunOS won't realloc(NULL, ...) */
-    if (!con->aliases)
-	con->aliases = malloc(sizeof(newAlias) * con->numAliases);
-    else
-	con->aliases = realloc(con->aliases,
-			       sizeof(newAlias) * con->numAliases);
-    alias = con->aliases + aliasNum;
-
-    alias->longName = (newAlias.longName)
-	? strcpy(malloc(strlen(newAlias.longName) + 1), newAlias.longName)
-	: NULL;
-    alias->shortName = newAlias.shortName;
-    alias->argc = newAlias.argc;
-    alias->argv = newAlias.argv;
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-const char * poptBadOption(poptContext con, int flags) {
-    struct optionStackEntry * os;
-
-    if (flags & POPT_BADOPTION_NOALIAS)
-	os = con->optionStack;
-    else
-	os = con->os;
-
-    return os->argv[os->next - 1];
-}
-
-#define POPT_ERROR_NOARG	-10
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADOPT	-11
-#define POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP	-13
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE	-15	/* only from poptParseArgString() */
-#define POPT_ERROR_ERRNO	-16	/* only from poptParseArgString() */
-
-const char *const poptStrerror(const int error) {
-    switch (error) {
-      case POPT_ERROR_NOARG:
-	return POPT_("missing argument");
-      case POPT_ERROR_BADOPT:
-	return POPT_("unknown option");
-      case POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP:
-	return POPT_("aliases nested too deeply");
-      case POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE:
-	return POPT_("error in paramter quoting");
-      case POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER:
-	return POPT_("invalid numeric value");
-      case POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW:
-	return POPT_("number too large or too small");
-      case POPT_ERROR_ERRNO:
-	return strerror(errno);
-      default:
-	return POPT_("unknown error");
-    }
-}
-
-int poptStuffArgs(poptContext con, const char ** argv) {
-    int argc;
-
-    if ((con->os - con->optionStack) == POPT_OPTION_DEPTH)
-	return POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP;
-
-    for (argc = 0; argv[argc]; argc++)
-	;
-
-    con->os++;
-    con->os->next = 0;
-    con->os->nextArg = NULL;
-    con->os->nextCharArg = NULL;
-    con->os->currAlias = NULL;
-    poptDupArgv(argc, argv, &con->os->argc, &con->os->argv);
-    con->os->argb = NULL;
-    con->os->stuffed = 1;
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-const char * poptGetInvocationName(poptContext con) {
-    return con->os->argv[0];
-}
diff --git a/support/poptconfig.c b/support/poptconfig.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a1a4c2b..00000000
--- a/support/poptconfig.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
-   file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
-   ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
-
-#include "system.h"
-#include "poptint.h"
-
-static void configLine(poptContext con, char * line) {
-    int nameLength = strlen(con->appName);
-    char * opt;
-    struct poptAlias alias;
-    char * entryType;
-    char * longName = NULL;
-    char shortName = '\0';
-    
-    if (strncmp(line, con->appName, nameLength)) return;
-    line += nameLength;
-    if (!*line || !isspace(*line)) return;
-    while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++;
-    entryType = line;
-
-    while (!*line || !isspace(*line)) line++;
-    *line++ = '\0';
-    while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++;
-    if (!*line) return;
-    opt = line;
-
-    while (!*line || !isspace(*line)) line++;
-    *line++ = '\0';
-    while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++;
-    if (!*line) return;
-
-    if (opt[0] == '-' && opt[1] == '-')
-	longName = opt + 2;
-    else if (opt[0] == '-' && !opt[2])
-	shortName = opt[1];
-
-    if (!strcmp(entryType, "alias")) {
-	if (poptParseArgvString(line, &alias.argc, &alias.argv)) return;
-	alias.longName = longName, alias.shortName = shortName;
-	poptAddAlias(con, alias, 0);
-    } else if (!strcmp(entryType, "exec")) {
-	con->execs = realloc(con->execs,
-				sizeof(*con->execs) * (con->numExecs + 1));
-	if (longName)
-	    con->execs[con->numExecs].longName = xstrdup(longName);
-	else
-	    con->execs[con->numExecs].longName = NULL;
-
-	con->execs[con->numExecs].shortName = shortName;
-	con->execs[con->numExecs].script = xstrdup(line);
-	
-	con->numExecs++;
-    }
-}
-
-int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn) {
-    char * file, * chptr, * end;
-    char * buf, * dst;
-    int fd, rc;
-    int fileLength;
-
-    fd = open(fn, O_RDONLY);
-    if (fd < 0) {
-	if (errno == ENOENT)
-	    return 0;
-	else 
-	    return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
-    }
-
-    fileLength = lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_END);
-    (void) lseek(fd, 0, 0);
-
-    file = alloca(fileLength + 1);
-    if (read(fd, file, fileLength) != fileLength) {
-	rc = errno;
-	close(fd);
-	errno = rc;
-	return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
-    }
-    close(fd);
-
-    dst = buf = alloca(fileLength + 1);
-
-    chptr = file;
-    end = (file + fileLength);
-    while (chptr < end) {
-	switch (*chptr) {
-	  case '\n':
-	    *dst = '\0';
-	    dst = buf;
-	    while (*dst && isspace(*dst)) dst++;
-	    if (*dst && *dst != '#') {
-		configLine(con, dst);
-	    }
-	    chptr++;
-	    break;
-	  case '\\':
-	    *dst++ = *chptr++;
-	    if (chptr < end) {
-		if (*chptr == '\n') 
-		    dst--, chptr++;	
-		    /* \ at the end of a line does not insert a \n */
-		else
-		    *dst++ = *chptr++;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	  default:
-	    *dst++ = *chptr++;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, /*@unused@*/ int useEnv) {
-    char * fn, * home;
-    int rc;
-
-    if (!con->appName) return 0;
-
-    rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, "/etc/popt");
-    if (rc) return rc;
-    if (getuid() != geteuid()) return 0;
-
-    if ((home = getenv("HOME"))) {
-	fn = alloca(strlen(home) + 20);
-	strcpy(fn, home);
-	strcat(fn, "/.popt");
-	rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, fn);
-	if (rc) return rc;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
diff --git a/support/popthelp.c b/support/popthelp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c36ecead..00000000
--- a/support/popthelp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: t; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
-
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
-   file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
-   ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
-
-#include "system.h"
-#include "poptint.h"
-
-static void displayArgs(poptContext con,
-		/*@unused@*/ enum poptCallbackReason foo,
-		struct poptOption * key, 
-		/*@unused@*/ const char * arg, /*@unused@*/ void * data) {
-    if (key->shortName== '?')
-	poptPrintHelp(con, stdout, 0);
-    else
-	poptPrintUsage(con, stdout, 0);
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[] = {
-    { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_CALLBACK, (void *)&displayArgs, '\0', NULL, NULL },
-    { "help", '?', 0, NULL, '?', N_("Show this help message"), NULL },
-    { "usage", '\0', 0, NULL, 'u', N_("Display brief usage message"), NULL },
-    { NULL, '\0', 0, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL }
-} ;
-
-
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const char *const
-getTableTranslationDomain(const struct poptOption *table)
-{
-  const struct poptOption *opt;
-
-  for(opt = table;
-      opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg;
-      opt++) {
-    if(opt->argInfo == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN)
-      return opt->arg;
-  }
-
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const char *const
-getArgDescrip(const struct poptOption * opt, const char *translation_domain)
-{
-    if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK)) return NULL;
-
-    if (opt == (poptHelpOptions + 1) || opt == (poptHelpOptions + 2))
-	if (opt->argDescrip) return POPT_(opt->argDescrip);
-
-    if (opt->argDescrip) return D_(translation_domain, opt->argDescrip);
-    return POPT_("ARG");
-}
-
-static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * f, int maxLeftCol, 
-			     const struct poptOption * opt,
-			     const char *translation_domain) {
-    int indentLength = maxLeftCol + 5;
-    int lineLength = 79 - indentLength;
-    const char * help = D_(translation_domain, opt->descrip);
-    int helpLength;
-    const char * ch;
-    char format[10];
-    char * left;
-    const char * argDescrip = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
-
-    left = malloc(maxLeftCol + 1);
-    *left = '\0';
-
-    if (opt->longName && opt->shortName)
-	sprintf(left, "-%c, --%s", opt->shortName, opt->longName);
-    else if (opt->shortName) 
-	sprintf(left, "-%c", opt->shortName);
-    else if (opt->longName)
-	sprintf(left, "--%s", opt->longName);
-    if (!*left) return ;
-    if (argDescrip) {
-	strcat(left, "=");
-	strcat(left, argDescrip);
-    }
-
-    if (help)
-	fprintf(f,"  %-*s   ", maxLeftCol, left);
-    else {
-	fprintf(f,"  %s\n", left); 
-	goto out;
-    }
-
-    helpLength = strlen(help);
-    while (helpLength > lineLength) {
-	ch = help + lineLength - 1;
-	while (ch > help && !isspace(*ch)) ch--;
-	if (ch == help) break;		/* give up */
-	while (ch > (help + 1) && isspace(*ch)) ch--;
-	ch++;
-
-	sprintf(format, "%%.%ds\n%%%ds", (int) (ch - help), indentLength);
-	fprintf(f, format, help, " ");
-	help = ch;
-	while (isspace(*help) && *help) help++;
-	helpLength = strlen(help);
-    }
-
-    if (helpLength) fprintf(f, "%s\n", help);
-
-out:
-    free(left);
-}
-
-static int maxArgWidth(const struct poptOption * opt,
-		       const char * translation_domain) {
-    int max = 0;
-    int this;
-    const char * s;
-    
-    while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
-	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
-	    this = maxArgWidth(opt->arg, translation_domain);
-	    if (this > max) max = this;
-	} else if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN)) {
-	    this = opt->shortName ? 2 : 0;
-	    if (opt->longName) {
-		if (this) this += 2;
-		this += strlen(opt->longName) + 2;
-	    }
-
-	    s = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
-	    if (s)
-		this += strlen(s) + 1;
-	    if (this > max) max = this;
-	}
-
-	opt++;
-    }
-    
-    return max;
-}
-
-static void singleTableHelp(FILE * f, const struct poptOption * table, 
-			    int left,
-			    const char *translation_domain) {
-    const struct poptOption * opt;
-    const char *sub_transdom;
-
-    opt = table;
-    while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
-	if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) && 
-	    !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN))
-	    singleOptionHelp(f, left, opt, translation_domain);
-	opt++;
-    }
-
-    opt = table;
-    while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
-	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
-	    sub_transdom = getTableTranslationDomain(opt->arg);
-	    if(!sub_transdom)
-		sub_transdom = translation_domain;
-	    
-	    if (opt->descrip)
-		fprintf(f, "\n%s\n", D_(sub_transdom, opt->descrip));
-
-	    singleTableHelp(f, opt->arg, left, sub_transdom);
-	}
-	opt++;
-    }
-}
-
-static int showHelpIntro(poptContext con, FILE * f) {
-    int len = 6;
-    const char * fn;
-
-    fprintf(f, POPT_("Usage:"));
-    if (!(con->flags & POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST)) {
-	fn = con->optionStack->argv[0];
-	if (strchr(fn, '/')) fn = strchr(fn, '/') + 1;
-	fprintf(f, " %s", fn);
-	len += strlen(fn) + 1;
-    }
-
-    return len;
-}
-
-void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * f, /*@unused@*/ int flags) {
-    int leftColWidth;
-
-    showHelpIntro(con, f);
-    if (con->otherHelp)
-	fprintf(f, " %s\n", con->otherHelp);
-    else
-	fprintf(f, " %s\n", POPT_("[OPTION...]"));
-
-    leftColWidth = maxArgWidth(con->options, NULL);
-    singleTableHelp(f, con->options, leftColWidth, NULL);
-}
-
-static int singleOptionUsage(FILE * f, int cursor, 
-			     const struct poptOption * opt,
-			     const char *translation_domain) {
-    int len = 3;
-    char shortStr[2] = { '\0', '\0' };
-    const char * item = shortStr;
-    const char * argDescrip = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
-
-    if (opt->shortName) {
-	if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK)) 
-	    return cursor;	/* we did these already */
-	len++;
-	*shortStr = opt->shortName;
-	shortStr[1] = '\0';
-    } else if (opt->longName) {
-	len += 1 + strlen(opt->longName);
-	item = opt->longName;
-    }
-
-    if (len == 3) return cursor;
-
-    if (argDescrip) 
-	len += strlen(argDescrip) + 1;
-
-    if ((cursor + len) > 79) {
-	fprintf(f, "\n       ");
-	cursor = 7;
-    } 
-
-    fprintf(f, " [-%s%s%s%s]", opt->shortName ? "" : "-", item,
-	    argDescrip ? (opt->shortName ? " " : "=") : "",
-	    argDescrip ? argDescrip : "");
-
-    return cursor + len + 1;
-}
-
-static int singleTableUsage(FILE * f, int cursor, const struct poptOption * table,
-		     const char *translation_domain) {
-    const struct poptOption * opt;
-    
-    opt = table;
-    while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
-        if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN)
-	    translation_domain = (const char *)opt->arg;
-	else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) 
-	    cursor = singleTableUsage(f, cursor, opt->arg,
-				      translation_domain);
-	else if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) && 
-		 !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN))
-	  cursor = singleOptionUsage(f, cursor, opt, translation_domain);
-
-	opt++;
-    }
-
-    return cursor;
-}
-
-static int showShortOptions(const struct poptOption * opt, FILE * f, 
-			    char * str) {
-    char s[300];		/* this is larger then the ascii set, so
-				   it should do just fine */
-
-    s[0] = '\0';
-    if (str == NULL) {
-	memset(s, 0, sizeof(s));
-	str = s;
-    }
-
-    while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
-	if (opt->shortName && !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK))
-	    str[strlen(str)] = opt->shortName;
-	else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE)
-	    showShortOptions(opt->arg, f, str);
-
-	opt++;
-    } 
-
-    if (s != str || !*s)
-	return 0;
-
-    fprintf(f, " [-%s]", s);
-    return strlen(s) + 4;
-}
-
-void poptPrintUsage(poptContext con, FILE * f, /*@unused@*/ int flags) {
-    int cursor;
-
-    cursor = showHelpIntro(con, f);
-    cursor += showShortOptions(con->options, f, NULL);
-    singleTableUsage(f, cursor, con->options, NULL);
-
-    if (con->otherHelp) {
-	cursor += strlen(con->otherHelp) + 1;
-	if (cursor > 79) fprintf(f, "\n       ");
-	fprintf(f, " %s", con->otherHelp);
-    }
-
-    fprintf(f, "\n");
-}
-
-void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text) {
-    if (con->otherHelp) xfree(con->otherHelp);
-    con->otherHelp = xstrdup(text);
-}
diff --git a/support/poptint.h b/support/poptint.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 16880954..00000000
--- a/support/poptint.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
-   file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
-   ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
-
-#ifndef H_POPTINT
-#define H_POPTINT
-
-/* Bit mask macros. */
-typedef	unsigned int __pbm_bits;
-#define	__PBM_NBITS		(8 * sizeof (__pbm_bits))
-#define	__PBM_IX(d)		((d) / __PBM_NBITS)
-#define __PBM_MASK(d)		((__pbm_bits) 1 << ((d) % __PBM_NBITS))
-typedef struct {
-    __pbm_bits bits[1];
-} pbm_set;
-#define	__PBM_BITS(set)	((set)->bits)
-
-#define	PBM_ALLOC(d)	calloc(__PBM_IX (d) + 1, sizeof(__pbm_bits))
-#define	PBM_FREE(s)	free(s);
-#define PBM_SET(d, s)   (__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] |= __PBM_MASK (d))
-#define PBM_CLR(d, s)   (__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] &= ~__PBM_MASK (d))
-#define PBM_ISSET(d, s) ((__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] & __PBM_MASK (d)) != 0)
-
-struct optionStackEntry {
-    int argc;
-    /*@only@*/ const char ** argv;
-    /*@only@*/ pbm_set * argb;
-    int next;
-    /*@only@*/ const char * nextArg;
-    /*@keep@*/ const char * nextCharArg;
-    /*@dependent@*/ struct poptAlias * currAlias;
-    int stuffed;
-};
-
-struct execEntry {
-    const char * longName;
-    char shortName;
-    const char * script;
-};
-
-struct poptContext_s {
-    struct optionStackEntry optionStack[POPT_OPTION_DEPTH];
-    /*@dependent@*/ struct optionStackEntry * os;
-    /*@owned@*/ const char ** leftovers;
-    int numLeftovers;
-    int nextLeftover;
-    /*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options;
-    int restLeftover;
-    /*@only@*/ const char * appName;
-    /*@only@*/ struct poptAlias * aliases;
-    int numAliases;
-    int flags;
-    struct execEntry * execs;
-    int numExecs;
-    /*@only@*/ const char ** finalArgv;
-    int finalArgvCount;
-    int finalArgvAlloced;
-    /*@dependent@*/ struct execEntry * doExec;
-    /*@only@*/ const char * execPath;
-    int execAbsolute;
-    /*@only@*/ const char * otherHelp;
-};
-
-#define	xfree(_a)	free((void *)_a)
-
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-#include <libintl.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined(HAVE_GETTEXT) && !defined(__LCLINT__)
-#define _(foo) gettext(foo)
-#else
-#define _(foo) (foo)
-#endif
-
-#if defined(HAVE_DGETTEXT) && !defined(__LCLINT__)
-#define D_(dom, str) dgettext(dom, str)
-#define POPT_(foo) D_("popt", foo)
-#else
-#define POPT_(foo) (foo)
-#define D_(dom, str) (str)
-#endif
-
-#define N_(foo) (foo)
-
-#endif
diff --git a/support/poptparse.c b/support/poptparse.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 65c948b6..00000000
--- a/support/poptparse.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
-   file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
-   ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
-
-#include "system.h"
-#include "poptint.h"
-
-#define POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA 5
-
-int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv,
-		int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr)
-{
-    size_t nb = (argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv);
-    const char ** argv2;
-    char * dst;
-    int i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
-	if (argv[i] == NULL)
-	    return POPT_ERROR_NOARG;
-	nb += strlen(argv[i]) + 1;
-    }
-	
-    dst = malloc(nb);
-    argv2 = (void *) dst;
-    dst += (argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
-	argv2[i] = dst;
-	dst += strlen(strcpy(dst, argv[i])) + 1;
-    }
-    argv2[argc] = NULL;
-
-    *argvPtr = argv2;
-    *argcPtr = argc;
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int poptParseArgvString(const char * s, int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr)
-{
-    const char * src;
-    char quote = '\0';
-    int argvAlloced = POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA;
-    const char ** argv = malloc(sizeof(*argv) * argvAlloced);
-    int argc = 0;
-    int buflen = strlen(s) + 1;
-    char * buf = memset(alloca(buflen), 0, buflen);
-
-    argv[argc] = buf;
-
-    for (src = s; *src; src++) {
-	if (quote == *src) {
-	    quote = '\0';
-	} else if (quote) {
-	    if (*src == '\\') {
-		src++;
-		if (!*src) {
-		    free(argv);
-		    return POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE;
-		}
-		if (*src != quote) *buf++ = '\\';
-	    }
-	    *buf++ = *src;
-	} else if (isspace(*src)) {
-	    if (*argv[argc]) {
-		buf++, argc++;
-		if (argc == argvAlloced) {
-		    argvAlloced += POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA;
-		    argv = realloc(argv, sizeof(*argv) * argvAlloced);
-		}
-		argv[argc] = buf;
-	    }
-	} else switch (*src) {
-	  case '"':
-	  case '\'':
-	    quote = *src;
-	    break;
-	  case '\\':
-	    src++;
-	    if (!*src) {
-		free(argv);
-		return POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE;
-	    }
-	    /*@fallthrough@*/
-	  default:
-	    *buf++ = *src;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (strlen(argv[argc])) {
-	argc++, buf++;
-    }
-
-#if 0
-    {	char * dst = malloc((argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv) + (buf - argv[0]));
-	const char ** argv2 = (void *) dst;
-	int i;
-
-	dst += (argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv);
-	memcpy(argv2, argv, argc * sizeof(*argv));
-	argv2[argc] = NULL;
-	memcpy(dst, argv[0], buf - argv[0]);
-
-	for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
-	    argv2[i] = dst + (argv[i] - argv[0]);
-
-	*argvPtr = argv2;
-	*argcPtr = argc;
-    }
-#else
-    (void) poptDupArgv(argc, argv, argcPtr, argvPtr);
-#endif
-
-    free(argv);
-
-    return 0;
-}
diff --git a/support/scandir.c b/support/scandir.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b45e376..00000000
--- a/support/scandir.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
-# include <dirent.h>
-# define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name)
-#else
-# define dirent direct
-# define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen
-# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
-#  include <sys/ndir.h>
-# endif
-# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
-#  include <sys/dir.h>
-# endif
-# if HAVE_NDIR_H
-#  include <ndir.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#undef PARAMS
-#if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__
-# define PARAMS(args) args
-#else
-# define PARAMS(args) ()
-#endif
-
-#define set_errno(e) (errno = (e))
-
-int
-scandir (dir, namelist, select, cmp)
-     const char *dir;
-     struct dirent ***namelist;
-     int (*select) PARAMS ((struct dirent *));
-     int (*cmp) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
-{
-  DIR *dp = opendir (dir);
-  struct dirent **v = NULL;
-  size_t vsize = 0, i;
-  struct dirent *d;
-  int save;
-
-  if (dp == NULL)
-    return -1;
-
-  save = errno;
-  set_errno (0);
-
-  i = 0;
-  while ((d = readdir (dp)) != NULL)
-    if (select == NULL || (*select) (d))
-      {
-	size_t dsize;
-
-	/* Ignore errors from select or readdir */
-	set_errno (0);
-
-	if (i == vsize)
-	  {
-	    struct dirent **new;
-	    if (vsize == 0)
-	      vsize = 10;
-	    else
-	      vsize *= 2;
-	    new = (struct dirent **) realloc (v, vsize * sizeof (*v));
-	    if (new == NULL)
-	      {
-	      lose:
-		set_errno (ENOMEM);
-		break;
-	      }
-	    v = new;
-	  }
-
-	dsize = &d->d_name[1 + NAMLEN (d)] - (char *) d;
-	v[i] = (struct dirent *) malloc (dsize);
-	if (v[i] == NULL)
-	  goto lose;
-
-	memcpy (v[i++], d, dsize);
-      }
-
-  if (errno != 0)
-    {
-      save = errno;
-      (void) closedir (dp);
-      while (i > 0)
-	free (v[--i]);
-      free (v);
-      set_errno (save);
-      return -1;
-    }
-
-  (void) closedir (dp);
-  set_errno (save);
-
-  /* Sort the list if we have a comparison function to sort with.  */
-  if (cmp != NULL)
-    qsort (v, i, sizeof (*v), cmp);
-  *namelist = v;
-  return i;
-}
-
-int
-alphasort (const void *a, const void *b)
-{
-  return strcmp ((*(const struct dirent **) a)->d_name,
-		 (*(const struct dirent **) b)->d_name);
-}
diff --git a/support/strcasecmp.c b/support/strcasecmp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4640372e..00000000
--- a/support/strcasecmp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifndef weak_alias
-# define __strcasecmp strcasecmp
-# define TOLOWER(Ch) tolower (Ch)
-#else
-# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
-#  define __strcasecmp __strcasecmp_l
-#  define TOLOWER(Ch) __tolower_l ((Ch), loc)
-# else
-#  define TOLOWER(Ch) tolower (Ch)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
-# define LOCALE_PARAM , loc
-# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL __locale_t loc;
-#else
-# define LOCALE_PARAM
-# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
-#endif
-
-/* Compare S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
-   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than,
-   equal to or greater than S2.  */
-int
-__strcasecmp (s1, s2 LOCALE_PARAM)
-     const char *s1;
-     const char *s2;
-     LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
-{
-  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
-  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
-  unsigned char c1, c2;
-
-  if (p1 == p2)
-    return 0;
-
-  do
-    {
-      c1 = TOLOWER (*p1++);
-      c2 = TOLOWER (*p2++);
-      if (c1 == '\0')
-	break;
-    }
-  while (c1 == c2);
-
-  return c1 - c2;
-}
-#ifndef __strcasecmp
-weak_alias (__strcasecmp, strcasecmp)
-#endif
diff --git a/support/strerror.c b/support/strerror.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f8fff572..00000000
--- a/support/strerror.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,837 +0,0 @@
-/* Extended support for using errno values.
-   Written by Fred Fish.  fnf@cygnus.com
-   This file is in the public domain.  --Per Bothner.  */
-
-#include "config.h"
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-#if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
-# define PARAMS(args) args
-#else
-# define PARAMS(args) ()
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-/* Note that errno.h (not sure what OS) or stdio.h (BSD 4.4, at least)
-   might declare sys_errlist in a way that the compiler might consider
-   incompatible with our later declaration, perhaps by using const
-   attributes.  So we hide the declaration in errno.h (if any) using a
-   macro. */
-#define sys_errlist sys_errlist__
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-#undef sys_errlist
-#endif
-
-/*  Routines imported from standard C runtime libraries. */
-
-#ifdef __STDC__
-#include <stddef.h>
-extern void *malloc (size_t size);				/* 4.10.3.3 */
-extern void *memset (void *s, int c, size_t n);			/* 4.11.6.1 */
-#else	/* !__STDC__ */
-extern char *malloc ();		/* Standard memory allocater */
-extern char *memset ();
-#endif	/* __STDC__ */
-
-#ifndef MAX
-#  define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
-#endif
-
-static void init_error_tables PARAMS ((void));
-
-/* Translation table for errno values.  See intro(2) in most UNIX systems
-   Programmers Reference Manuals.
-
-   Note that this table is generally only accessed when it is used at runtime
-   to initialize errno name and message tables that are indexed by errno
-   value.
-
-   Not all of these errnos will exist on all systems.  This table is the only
-   thing that should have to be updated as new error numbers are introduced.
-   It's sort of ugly, but at least its portable. */
-
-struct error_info
-{
-  int value;		/* The numeric value from <errno.h> */
-  const char *name;	/* The equivalent symbolic value */
-#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-  const char *msg;	/* Short message about this value */
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-#   define ENTRY(value, name, msg)	{value, name, msg}
-#else
-#   define ENTRY(value, name, msg)	{value, name}
-#endif
-
-static const struct error_info error_table[] =
-{
-#if defined (EPERM)
-  ENTRY(EPERM, "EPERM", "Not owner"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOENT)
-  ENTRY(ENOENT, "ENOENT", "No such file or directory"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESRCH)
-  ENTRY(ESRCH, "ESRCH", "No such process"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EINTR)
-  ENTRY(EINTR, "EINTR", "Interrupted system call"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EIO)
-  ENTRY(EIO, "EIO", "I/O error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENXIO)
-  ENTRY(ENXIO, "ENXIO", "No such device or address"),
-#endif
-#if defined (E2BIG)
-  ENTRY(E2BIG, "E2BIG", "Arg list too long"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOEXEC)
-  ENTRY(ENOEXEC, "ENOEXEC", "Exec format error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADF)
-  ENTRY(EBADF, "EBADF", "Bad file number"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECHILD)
-  ENTRY(ECHILD, "ECHILD", "No child processes"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EWOULDBLOCK)	/* Put before EAGAIN, sometimes aliased */
-  ENTRY(EWOULDBLOCK, "EWOULDBLOCK", "Operation would block"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EAGAIN)
-  ENTRY(EAGAIN, "EAGAIN", "No more processes"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOMEM)
-  ENTRY(ENOMEM, "ENOMEM", "Not enough space"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EACCES)
-  ENTRY(EACCES, "EACCES", "Permission denied"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EFAULT)
-  ENTRY(EFAULT, "EFAULT", "Bad address"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTBLK)
-  ENTRY(ENOTBLK, "ENOTBLK", "Block device required"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBUSY)
-  ENTRY(EBUSY, "EBUSY", "Device busy"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EEXIST)
-  ENTRY(EEXIST, "EEXIST", "File exists"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EXDEV)
-  ENTRY(EXDEV, "EXDEV", "Cross-device link"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENODEV)
-  ENTRY(ENODEV, "ENODEV", "No such device"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTDIR)
-  ENTRY(ENOTDIR, "ENOTDIR", "Not a directory"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EISDIR)
-  ENTRY(EISDIR, "EISDIR", "Is a directory"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EINVAL)
-  ENTRY(EINVAL, "EINVAL", "Invalid argument"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENFILE)
-  ENTRY(ENFILE, "ENFILE", "File table overflow"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EMFILE)
-  ENTRY(EMFILE, "EMFILE", "Too many open files"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTTY)
-  ENTRY(ENOTTY, "ENOTTY", "Not a typewriter"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ETXTBSY)
-  ENTRY(ETXTBSY, "ETXTBSY", "Text file busy"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EFBIG)
-  ENTRY(EFBIG, "EFBIG", "File too large"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOSPC)
-  ENTRY(ENOSPC, "ENOSPC", "No space left on device"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESPIPE)
-  ENTRY(ESPIPE, "ESPIPE", "Illegal seek"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EROFS)
-  ENTRY(EROFS, "EROFS", "Read-only file system"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EMLINK)
-  ENTRY(EMLINK, "EMLINK", "Too many links"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EPIPE)
-  ENTRY(EPIPE, "EPIPE", "Broken pipe"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EDOM)
-  ENTRY(EDOM, "EDOM", "Math argument out of domain of func"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ERANGE)
-  ENTRY(ERANGE, "ERANGE", "Math result not representable"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOMSG)
-  ENTRY(ENOMSG, "ENOMSG", "No message of desired type"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EIDRM)
-  ENTRY(EIDRM, "EIDRM", "Identifier removed"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECHRNG)
-  ENTRY(ECHRNG, "ECHRNG", "Channel number out of range"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EL2NSYNC)
-  ENTRY(EL2NSYNC, "EL2NSYNC", "Level 2 not synchronized"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EL3HLT)
-  ENTRY(EL3HLT, "EL3HLT", "Level 3 halted"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EL3RST)
-  ENTRY(EL3RST, "EL3RST", "Level 3 reset"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELNRNG)
-  ENTRY(ELNRNG, "ELNRNG", "Link number out of range"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EUNATCH)
-  ENTRY(EUNATCH, "EUNATCH", "Protocol driver not attached"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOCSI)
-  ENTRY(ENOCSI, "ENOCSI", "No CSI structure available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EL2HLT)
-  ENTRY(EL2HLT, "EL2HLT", "Level 2 halted"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EDEADLK)
-  ENTRY(EDEADLK, "EDEADLK", "Deadlock condition"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOLCK)
-  ENTRY(ENOLCK, "ENOLCK", "No record locks available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADE)
-  ENTRY(EBADE, "EBADE", "Invalid exchange"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADR)
-  ENTRY(EBADR, "EBADR", "Invalid request descriptor"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EXFULL)
-  ENTRY(EXFULL, "EXFULL", "Exchange full"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOANO)
-  ENTRY(ENOANO, "ENOANO", "No anode"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADRQC)
-  ENTRY(EBADRQC, "EBADRQC", "Invalid request code"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADSLT)
-  ENTRY(EBADSLT, "EBADSLT", "Invalid slot"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EDEADLOCK)
-  ENTRY(EDEADLOCK, "EDEADLOCK", "File locking deadlock error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBFONT)
-  ENTRY(EBFONT, "EBFONT", "Bad font file format"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOSTR)
-  ENTRY(ENOSTR, "ENOSTR", "Device not a stream"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENODATA)
-  ENTRY(ENODATA, "ENODATA", "No data available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ETIME)
-  ENTRY(ETIME, "ETIME", "Timer expired"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOSR)
-  ENTRY(ENOSR, "ENOSR", "Out of streams resources"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENONET)
-  ENTRY(ENONET, "ENONET", "Machine is not on the network"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOPKG)
-  ENTRY(ENOPKG, "ENOPKG", "Package not installed"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EREMOTE)
-  ENTRY(EREMOTE, "EREMOTE", "Object is remote"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOLINK)
-  ENTRY(ENOLINK, "ENOLINK", "Link has been severed"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EADV)
-  ENTRY(EADV, "EADV", "Advertise error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESRMNT)
-  ENTRY(ESRMNT, "ESRMNT", "Srmount error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECOMM)
-  ENTRY(ECOMM, "ECOMM", "Communication error on send"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EPROTO)
-  ENTRY(EPROTO, "EPROTO", "Protocol error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EMULTIHOP)
-  ENTRY(EMULTIHOP, "EMULTIHOP", "Multihop attempted"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EDOTDOT)
-  ENTRY(EDOTDOT, "EDOTDOT", "RFS specific error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADMSG)
-  ENTRY(EBADMSG, "EBADMSG", "Not a data message"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENAMETOOLONG)
-  ENTRY(ENAMETOOLONG, "ENAMETOOLONG", "File name too long"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EOVERFLOW)
-  ENTRY(EOVERFLOW, "EOVERFLOW", "Value too large for defined data type"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTUNIQ)
-  ENTRY(ENOTUNIQ, "ENOTUNIQ", "Name not unique on network"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADFD)
-  ENTRY(EBADFD, "EBADFD", "File descriptor in bad state"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EREMCHG)
-  ENTRY(EREMCHG, "EREMCHG", "Remote address changed"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELIBACC)
-  ENTRY(ELIBACC, "ELIBACC", "Can not access a needed shared library"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELIBBAD)
-  ENTRY(ELIBBAD, "ELIBBAD", "Accessing a corrupted shared library"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELIBSCN)
-  ENTRY(ELIBSCN, "ELIBSCN", ".lib section in a.out corrupted"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELIBMAX)
-  ENTRY(ELIBMAX, "ELIBMAX", "Attempting to link in too many shared libraries"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELIBEXEC)
-  ENTRY(ELIBEXEC, "ELIBEXEC", "Cannot exec a shared library directly"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EILSEQ)
-  ENTRY(EILSEQ, "EILSEQ", "Illegal byte sequence"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOSYS)
-  ENTRY(ENOSYS, "ENOSYS", "Operation not applicable"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELOOP)
-  ENTRY(ELOOP, "ELOOP", "Too many symbolic links encountered"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ERESTART)
-  ENTRY(ERESTART, "ERESTART", "Interrupted system call should be restarted"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESTRPIPE)
-  ENTRY(ESTRPIPE, "ESTRPIPE", "Streams pipe error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTEMPTY)
-  ENTRY(ENOTEMPTY, "ENOTEMPTY", "Directory not empty"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EUSERS)
-  ENTRY(EUSERS, "EUSERS", "Too many users"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTSOCK)
-  ENTRY(ENOTSOCK, "ENOTSOCK", "Socket operation on non-socket"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EDESTADDRREQ)
-  ENTRY(EDESTADDRREQ, "EDESTADDRREQ", "Destination address required"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EMSGSIZE)
-  ENTRY(EMSGSIZE, "EMSGSIZE", "Message too long"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EPROTOTYPE)
-  ENTRY(EPROTOTYPE, "EPROTOTYPE", "Protocol wrong type for socket"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOPROTOOPT)
-  ENTRY(ENOPROTOOPT, "ENOPROTOOPT", "Protocol not available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EPROTONOSUPPORT)
-  ENTRY(EPROTONOSUPPORT, "EPROTONOSUPPORT", "Protocol not supported"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESOCKTNOSUPPORT)
-  ENTRY(ESOCKTNOSUPPORT, "ESOCKTNOSUPPORT", "Socket type not supported"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EOPNOTSUPP)
-  ENTRY(EOPNOTSUPP, "EOPNOTSUPP", "Operation not supported on transport endpoint"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EPFNOSUPPORT)
-  ENTRY(EPFNOSUPPORT, "EPFNOSUPPORT", "Protocol family not supported"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EAFNOSUPPORT)
-  ENTRY(EAFNOSUPPORT, "EAFNOSUPPORT", "Address family not supported by protocol"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EADDRINUSE)
-  ENTRY(EADDRINUSE, "EADDRINUSE", "Address already in use"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EADDRNOTAVAIL)
-  ENTRY(EADDRNOTAVAIL, "EADDRNOTAVAIL","Cannot assign requested address"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENETDOWN)
-  ENTRY(ENETDOWN, "ENETDOWN", "Network is down"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENETUNREACH)
-  ENTRY(ENETUNREACH, "ENETUNREACH", "Network is unreachable"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENETRESET)
-  ENTRY(ENETRESET, "ENETRESET", "Network dropped connection because of reset"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECONNABORTED)
-  ENTRY(ECONNABORTED, "ECONNABORTED", "Software caused connection abort"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECONNRESET)
-  ENTRY(ECONNRESET, "ECONNRESET", "Connection reset by peer"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOBUFS)
-  ENTRY(ENOBUFS, "ENOBUFS", "No buffer space available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EISCONN)
-  ENTRY(EISCONN, "EISCONN", "Transport endpoint is already connected"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTCONN)
-  ENTRY(ENOTCONN, "ENOTCONN", "Transport endpoint is not connected"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESHUTDOWN)
-  ENTRY(ESHUTDOWN, "ESHUTDOWN", "Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ETOOMANYREFS)
-  ENTRY(ETOOMANYREFS, "ETOOMANYREFS", "Too many references: cannot splice"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ETIMEDOUT)
-  ENTRY(ETIMEDOUT, "ETIMEDOUT", "Connection timed out"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECONNREFUSED)
-  ENTRY(ECONNREFUSED, "ECONNREFUSED", "Connection refused"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EHOSTDOWN)
-  ENTRY(EHOSTDOWN, "EHOSTDOWN", "Host is down"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EHOSTUNREACH)
-  ENTRY(EHOSTUNREACH, "EHOSTUNREACH", "No route to host"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EALREADY)
-  ENTRY(EALREADY, "EALREADY", "Operation already in progress"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EINPROGRESS)
-  ENTRY(EINPROGRESS, "EINPROGRESS", "Operation now in progress"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESTALE)
-  ENTRY(ESTALE, "ESTALE", "Stale NFS file handle"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EUCLEAN)
-  ENTRY(EUCLEAN, "EUCLEAN", "Structure needs cleaning"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTNAM)
-  ENTRY(ENOTNAM, "ENOTNAM", "Not a XENIX named type file"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENAVAIL)
-  ENTRY(ENAVAIL, "ENAVAIL", "No XENIX semaphores available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EISNAM)
-  ENTRY(EISNAM, "EISNAM", "Is a named type file"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EREMOTEIO)
-  ENTRY(EREMOTEIO, "EREMOTEIO", "Remote I/O error"),
-#endif
-  ENTRY(0, NULL, NULL)
-};
-
-#ifdef EVMSERR
-/* This is not in the table, because the numeric value of EVMSERR (32767)
-   lies outside the range of sys_errlist[].  */
-static struct { int value; const char *name, *msg; }
-  evmserr = { EVMSERR, "EVMSERR", "VMS-specific error" };
-#endif
-
-/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime.  Indexed by the
-   errno value to find the equivalent symbolic value. */
-
-static const char **error_names;
-static int num_error_names = 0;
-
-/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime, if it does not
-   already exist in the host environment.  Indexed by the errno value to find
-   the descriptive string.
-
-   We don't export it for use in other modules because even though it has the
-   same name, it differs from other implementations in that it is dynamically
-   initialized rather than statically initialized. */
-
-#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-
-static int sys_nerr;
-static const char **sys_errlist;
-
-#else
-
-extern int sys_nerr;
-extern char *sys_errlist[];
-
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-
-NAME
-
-	init_error_tables -- initialize the name and message tables
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
-	static void init_error_tables ();
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
-	Using the error_table, which is initialized at compile time, generate
-	the error_names and the sys_errlist (if needed) tables, which are
-	indexed at runtime by a specific errno value.
-
-BUGS
-
-	The initialization of the tables may fail under low memory conditions,
-	in which case we don't do anything particularly useful, but we don't
-	bomb either.  Who knows, it might succeed at a later point if we free
-	some memory in the meantime.  In any case, the other routines know
-	how to deal with lack of a table after trying to initialize it.  This
-	may or may not be considered to be a bug, that we don't specifically
-	warn about this particular failure mode.
-
-*/
-
-static void
-init_error_tables ()
-{
-  const struct error_info *eip;
-  int nbytes;
-
-  /* If we haven't already scanned the error_table once to find the maximum
-     errno value, then go find it now. */
-
-  if (num_error_names == 0)
-    {
-      for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
-	{
-	  if (eip -> value >= num_error_names)
-	    {
-	      num_error_names = eip -> value + 1;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Now attempt to allocate the error_names table, zero it out, and then
-     initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */
-
-  if (error_names == NULL)
-    {
-      nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *);
-      if ((error_names = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL)
-	{
-	  memset (error_names, 0, nbytes);
-	  for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
-	    {
-	      error_names[eip -> value] = eip -> name;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-
-  /* Now attempt to allocate the sys_errlist table, zero it out, and then
-     initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */
-
-  if (sys_errlist == NULL)
-    {
-      nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *);
-      if ((sys_errlist = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL)
-	{
-	  memset (sys_errlist, 0, nbytes);
-	  sys_nerr = num_error_names;
-	  for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
-	    {
-	      sys_errlist[eip -> value] = eip -> msg;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-#endif
-
-}
-
-/*
-
-NAME
-
-	errno_max -- return the max errno value
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
-	int errno_max ();
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
-	Returns the maximum errno value for which a corresponding symbolic
-	name or message is available.  Note that in the case where
-	we use the sys_errlist supplied by the system, it is possible for
-	there to be more symbolic names than messages, or vice versa.
-	In fact, the manual page for perror(3C) explicitly warns that one
-	should check the size of the table (sys_nerr) before indexing it,
-	since new error codes may be added to the system before they are
-	added to the table.  Thus sys_nerr might be smaller than value
-	implied by the largest errno value defined in <errno.h>.
-
-	We return the maximum value that can be used to obtain a meaningful
-	symbolic name or message.
-
-*/
-
-int
-errno_max ()
-{
-  int maxsize;
-
-  if (error_names == NULL)
-    {
-      init_error_tables ();
-    }
-  maxsize = MAX (sys_nerr, num_error_names);
-  return (maxsize - 1);
-}
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR
-
-/*
-
-NAME
-
-	strerror -- map an error number to an error message string
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
-	char *strerror (int errnoval)
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
-	Maps an errno number to an error message string, the contents of
-	which are implementation defined.  On systems which have the external
-	variables sys_nerr and sys_errlist, these strings will be the same
-	as the ones used by perror().
-
-	If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices
-	for the sys_errlist, but no message is available for the particular
-	error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is the
-	error number.
-
-	If the supplied error number is not a valid index into sys_errlist,
-	returns NULL.
-
-	The returned string is only guaranteed to be valid only until the
-	next call to strerror.
-
-*/
-
-char *
-strerror (errnoval)
-  int errnoval;
-{
-  char *msg;
-  static char buf[32];
-
-#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-
-  if (error_names == NULL)
-    {
-      init_error_tables ();
-    }
-
-#endif
-
-  if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= sys_nerr))
-    {
-#ifdef EVMSERR
-      if (errnoval == evmserr.value)
-	msg = evmserr.msg;
-      else
-#endif
-      /* Out of range, just return NULL */
-      msg = NULL;
-    }
-  else if ((sys_errlist == NULL) || (sys_errlist[errnoval] == NULL))
-    {
-      /* In range, but no sys_errlist or no entry at this index. */
-      sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval);
-      msg = buf;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* In range, and a valid message.  Just return the message. */
-      msg = (char *) sys_errlist[errnoval];
-    }
-  
-  return (msg);
-}
-
-#endif	/* ! HAVE_STRERROR */
-
-
-/*
-
-NAME
-
-	strerrno -- map an error number to a symbolic name string
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
-	const char *strerrno (int errnoval)
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
-	Given an error number returned from a system call (typically
-	returned in errno), returns a pointer to a string containing the
-	symbolic name of that error number, as found in <errno.h>.
-
-	If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices
-	for symbolic names, but no name is available for the particular
-	error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is
-	the error number.
-
-	If the supplied error number is not within the range of valid
-	indices, then returns NULL.
-
-BUGS
-
-	The contents of the location pointed to are only guaranteed to be
-	valid until the next call to strerrno.
-
-*/
-
-const char *
-strerrno (errnoval)
-  int errnoval;
-{
-  const char *name;
-  static char buf[32];
-
-  if (error_names == NULL)
-    {
-      init_error_tables ();
-    }
-
-  if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= num_error_names))
-    {
-#ifdef EVMSERR
-      if (errnoval == evmserr.value)
-	name = evmserr.name;
-      else
-#endif
-      /* Out of range, just return NULL */
-      name = NULL;
-    }
-  else if ((error_names == NULL) || (error_names[errnoval] == NULL))
-    {
-      /* In range, but no error_names or no entry at this index. */
-      sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval);
-      name = (const char *) buf;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* In range, and a valid name.  Just return the name. */
-      name = error_names[errnoval];
-    }
-
-  return (name);
-}
-
-/*
-
-NAME
-
-	strtoerrno -- map a symbolic errno name to a numeric value
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
-	int strtoerrno (char *name)
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
-	Given the symbolic name of a error number, map it to an errno value.
-	If no translation is found, returns 0.
-
-*/
-
-int
-strtoerrno (name)
-     const char *name;
-{
-  int errnoval = 0;
-
-  if (name != NULL)
-    {
-      if (error_names == NULL)
-	{
-	  init_error_tables ();
-	}
-      for (errnoval = 0; errnoval < num_error_names; errnoval++)
-	{
-	  if ((error_names[errnoval] != NULL) &&
-	      (strcmp (name, error_names[errnoval]) == 0))
-	    {
-	      break;
-	    }
-	}
-      if (errnoval == num_error_names)
-	{
-#ifdef EVMSERR
-	  if (strcmp (name, evmserr.name) == 0)
-	    errnoval = evmserr.value;
-	  else
-#endif
-	  errnoval = 0;
-	}
-    }
-  return (errnoval);
-}
-
-
-/* A simple little main that does nothing but print all the errno translations
-   if MAIN is defined and this file is compiled and linked. */
-
-#ifdef MAIN
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-  int errn;
-  int errnmax;
-  const char *name;
-  char *msg;
-  char *strerror ();
-
-  errnmax = errno_max ();
-  printf ("%d entries in names table.\n", num_error_names);
-  printf ("%d entries in messages table.\n", sys_nerr);
-  printf ("%d is max useful index.\n", errnmax);
-
-  /* Keep printing values until we get to the end of *both* tables, not
-     *either* table.  Note that knowing the maximum useful index does *not*
-     relieve us of the responsibility of testing the return pointer for
-     NULL. */
-
-  for (errn = 0; errn <= errnmax; errn++)
-    {
-      name = strerrno (errn);
-      name = (name == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : name;
-      msg = strerror (errn);
-      msg = (msg == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : msg;
-      printf ("%-4d%-18s%s\n", errn, name, msg);
-    }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/support/strndup.c b/support/strndup.c
deleted file mode 100644
index cd971e1c..00000000
--- a/support/strndup.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if defined _LIBC || defined STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-char *malloc ();
-#endif
-
-#ifndef weak_alias
-# define __strndup strndup
-#endif
-
-char *
-__strndup (s, n)
-     const char *s;
-     size_t n;
-{
-  size_t len = strnlen (s, n);
-  char *new = malloc (len + 1);
-
-  if (new == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  new[len] = '\0';
-  return memcpy (new, s, len);
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__strndup, strndup)
-#endif
diff --git a/support/strnlen.c b/support/strnlen.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ab95d170..00000000
--- a/support/strnlen.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
-   If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN.  */
-
-size_t
-strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
-{
-  const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
-  return end ? end - string : maxlen;
-}
diff --git a/support/strtod.c b/support/strtod.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c86c73de..00000000
--- a/support/strtod.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of strtod for systems with atof.
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of the libiberty library.  This library is free
-software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
-terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-As a special exception, if you link this library with files
-compiled with a GNU compiler to produce an executable, this does not cause
-the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
-This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
-the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-extern double atof ();
-
-/* Disclaimer: this is currently just used by CHILL in GDB and therefore
-   has not been tested well.  It may have been tested for nothing except
-   that it compiles.  */
-
-double
-strtod (str, ptr)
-     char *str;
-     char **ptr;
-{
-  char *p;
-
-  if (ptr == (char **)0)
-    return atof (str);
-  
-  p = str;
-  
-  while (isspace (*p))
-    ++p;
-  
-  if (*p == '+' || *p == '-')
-    ++p;
-
-  /* INF or INFINITY.  */
-  if ((p[0] == 'i' || p[0] == 'I')
-      && (p[1] == 'n' || p[1] == 'N')
-      && (p[2] == 'f' || p[2] == 'F'))
-    {
-      if ((p[3] == 'i' || p[3] == 'I')
-	  && (p[4] == 'n' || p[4] == 'N')
-	  && (p[5] == 'i' || p[5] == 'I')
-	  && (p[6] == 't' || p[6] == 'T')
-	  && (p[7] == 'y' || p[7] == 'Y'))
-	{
-	  *ptr = p + 7;
-	  return atof (str);
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  *ptr = p + 3;
-	  return atof (str);
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* NAN or NAN(foo).  */
-  if ((p[0] == 'n' || p[0] == 'N')
-      && (p[1] == 'a' || p[1] == 'A')
-      && (p[2] == 'n' || p[2] == 'N'))
-    {
-      p += 3;
-      if (*p == '(')
-	{
-	  ++p;
-	  while (*p != '\0' && *p != ')')
-	    ++p;
-	  if (*p == ')')
-	    ++p;
-	}
-      *ptr = p;
-      return atof (str);
-    }
-
-  /* digits, with 0 or 1 periods in it.  */
-  if (isdigit (*p) || *p == '.')
-    {
-      int got_dot = 0;
-      while (isdigit (*p) || (!got_dot && *p == '.'))
-	{
-	  if (*p == '.')
-	    got_dot = 1;
-	  ++p;
-	}
-
-      /* Exponent.  */
-      if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E')
-	{
-	  int i;
-	  i = 1;
-	  if (p[i] == '+' || p[i] == '-')
-	    ++i;
-	  if (isdigit (p[i]))
-	    {
-	      while (isdigit (p[i]))
-		++i;
-	      *ptr = p + i;
-	      return atof (str);
-	    }
-	}
-      *ptr = p;
-      return atof (str);
-    }
-  /* Didn't find any digits.  Doesn't look like a number.  */
-  *ptr = str;
-  return 0.0;
-}
diff --git a/support/strtok_r.c b/support/strtok_r.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 44430dae..00000000
--- a/support/strtok_r.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-/* Reentrant string tokenizer.  Generic version.
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-#undef strtok_r
-
-/* Parse S into tokens separated by characters in DELIM.
-   If S is NULL, the saved pointer in SAVE_PTR is used as
-   the next starting point.  For example:
-	char s[] = "-abc-=-def";
-	char *sp;
-	x = strtok_r(s, "-", &sp);	// x = "abc", sp = "=-def"
-	x = strtok_r(NULL, "-=", &sp);	// x = "def", sp = NULL
-	x = strtok_r(NULL, "=", &sp);	// x = NULL
-		// s = "abc\0-def\0"
-*/
-char *
-strtok_r (s, delim, save_ptr)
-     char *s;
-     const char *delim;
-     char **save_ptr;
-{
-  char *token;
-
-  if (s == NULL)
-    s = *save_ptr;
-
-  /* Scan leading delimiters.  */
-  s += strspn (s, delim);
-  if (*s == '\0')
-    return NULL;
-
-  /* Find the end of the token.  */
-  token = s;
-  s = strpbrk (token, delim);
-  if (s == NULL)
-    /* This token finishes the string.  */
-    *save_ptr = strchr (token, '\0');
-  else
-    {
-      /* Terminate the token and make *SAVE_PTR point past it.  */
-      *s = '\0';
-      *save_ptr = s + 1;
-    }
-  return token;
-}
diff --git a/support/strtol.c b/support/strtol.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 75b74939..00000000
--- a/support/strtol.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#if 0
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-/* FIXME: It'd be nice to configure around these, but the include files are too
-   painful.  These macros should at least be more portable than hardwired hex
-   constants. */
-
-#ifndef ULONG_MAX
-#define	ULONG_MAX	((unsigned long)(~0L))		/* 0xFFFFFFFF */
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LONG_MAX
-#define	LONG_MAX	((long)(ULONG_MAX >> 1))	/* 0x7FFFFFFF */
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LONG_MIN
-#define	LONG_MIN	((long)(~LONG_MAX))		/* 0x80000000 */
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Convert a string to a long integer.
- *
- * Ignores `locale' stuff.  Assumes that the upper and lower case
- * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
- */
-long
-strtol(nptr, endptr, base)
-	const char *nptr;
-	char **endptr;
-	register int base;
-{
-	register const char *s = nptr;
-	register unsigned long acc;
-	register int c;
-	register unsigned long cutoff;
-	register int neg = 0, any, cutlim;
-
-	/*
-	 * Skip white space and pick up leading +/- sign if any.
-	 * If base is 0, allow 0x for hex and 0 for octal, else
-	 * assume decimal; if base is already 16, allow 0x.
-	 */
-	do {
-		c = *s++;
-	} while (isspace(c));
-	if (c == '-') {
-		neg = 1;
-		c = *s++;
-	} else if (c == '+')
-		c = *s++;
-	if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
-	    c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
-		c = s[1];
-		s += 2;
-		base = 16;
-	}
-	if (base == 0)
-		base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
-
-	/*
-	 * Compute the cutoff value between legal numbers and illegal
-	 * numbers.  That is the largest legal value, divided by the
-	 * base.  An input number that is greater than this value, if
-	 * followed by a legal input character, is too big.  One that
-	 * is equal to this value may be valid or not; the limit
-	 * between valid and invalid numbers is then based on the last
-	 * digit.  For instance, if the range for longs is
-	 * [-2147483648..2147483647] and the input base is 10,
-	 * cutoff will be set to 214748364 and cutlim to either
-	 * 7 (neg==0) or 8 (neg==1), meaning that if we have accumulated
-	 * a value > 214748364, or equal but the next digit is > 7 (or 8),
-	 * the number is too big, and we will return a range error.
-	 *
-	 * Set any if any `digits' consumed; make it negative to indicate
-	 * overflow.
-	 */
-	cutoff = neg ? -(unsigned long)LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX;
-	cutlim = cutoff % (unsigned long)base;
-	cutoff /= (unsigned long)base;
-	for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) {
-		if (isdigit(c))
-			c -= '0';
-		else if (isalpha(c))
-			c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10;
-		else
-			break;
-		if (c >= base)
-			break;
-		if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)
-			any = -1;
-		else {
-			any = 1;
-			acc *= base;
-			acc += c;
-		}
-	}
-	if (any < 0) {
-		acc = neg ? LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX;
-		errno = ERANGE;
-	} else if (neg)
-		acc = -acc;
-	if (endptr != 0)
-		*endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
-	return (acc);
-}
diff --git a/support/strtoul.c b/support/strtoul.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 54207fa9..00000000
--- a/support/strtoul.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#if 0
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ULONG_MAX
-#define	ULONG_MAX	((unsigned long)(~0L))		/* 0xFFFFFFFF */
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Convert a string to an unsigned long integer.
- *
- * Ignores `locale' stuff.  Assumes that the upper and lower case
- * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
- */
-unsigned long
-strtoul(nptr, endptr, base)
-	const char *nptr;
-	char **endptr;
-	register int base;
-{
-	register const char *s = nptr;
-	register unsigned long acc;
-	register int c;
-	register unsigned long cutoff;
-	register int neg = 0, any, cutlim;
-
-	/*
-	 * See strtol for comments as to the logic used.
-	 */
-	do {
-		c = *s++;
-	} while (isspace(c));
-	if (c == '-') {
-		neg = 1;
-		c = *s++;
-	} else if (c == '+')
-		c = *s++;
-	if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
-	    c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
-		c = s[1];
-		s += 2;
-		base = 16;
-	}
-	if (base == 0)
-		base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
-	cutoff = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX / (unsigned long)base;
-	cutlim = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX % (unsigned long)base;
-	for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) {
-		if (isdigit(c))
-			c -= '0';
-		else if (isalpha(c))
-			c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10;
-		else
-			break;
-		if (c >= base)
-			break;
-		if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)
-			any = -1;
-		else {
-			any = 1;
-			acc *= base;
-			acc += c;
-		}
-	}
-	if (any < 0) {
-		acc = ULONG_MAX;
-		errno = ERANGE;
-	} else if (neg)
-		acc = -acc;
-	if (endptr != 0)
-		*endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
-	return (acc);
-}
diff --git a/support/system.h b/support/system.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f888f42..00000000
--- a/support/system.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-
-#if HAVE_MCHECK_H 
-#include <mcheck.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __NeXT
-/* access macros are not declared in non posix mode in unistd.h -
- don't try to use posix on NeXTstep 3.3 ! */
-#include <libc.h>
-#endif
-
-/* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file.  */ 
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-# if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
-#  include <alloca.h>
-# else
-#  ifdef _AIX
-#pragma alloca
-#  else
-#   ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */
-char *alloca ();
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__STRICT_ANSI__)
-#define alloca __builtin_alloca
-#endif
-
-/*@only@*/ char * xstrdup (const char *str);
-
-#if HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__)
-#define	vmefail()	(fprintf(stderr, "virtual memory exhausted.\n"), exit(EXIT_FAILURE), NULL)
-#define xstrdup(_str)   (strcpy((malloc(strlen(_str)+1) ? : vmefail()), (_str)))
-#else
-#define	xstrdup(_str)	strdup(_str)
-#endif  /* HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__) */
-
-
-#include "popt-gnome.h"
diff --git a/support/vasprintf.c b/support/vasprintf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 64e06b88..00000000
--- a/support/vasprintf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-/* Like vsprintf but provides a pointer to malloc'd storage, which must
-   be freed by the caller.
-   Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if __STDC__
-# include <stdarg.h>
-#else
-# include <varargs.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TEST
-int global_total_width;
-#endif
-
-unsigned long strtoul ();
-char *malloc ();
-
-static int
-int_vasprintf (result, format, args)
-     char **result;
-     const char *format;
-     va_list *args;
-{
-  const char *p = format;
-  /* Add one to make sure that it is never zero, which might cause malloc
-     to return NULL.  */
-  int total_width = strlen (format) + 1;
-  va_list ap;
-
-  memcpy (&ap, args, sizeof (va_list));
-
-  while (*p != '\0')
-    {
-      if (*p++ == '%')
-	{
-	  while (strchr ("-+ #0", *p))
-	    ++p;
-	  if (*p == '*')
-	    {
-	      ++p;
-	      total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int));
-	    }
-	  else
-	    total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10);
-	  if (*p == '.')
-	    {
-	      ++p;
-	      if (*p == '*')
-		{
-		  ++p;
-		  total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int));
-		}
-	      else
-		total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10);
-	    }
-	  while (strchr ("hlL", *p))
-	    ++p;
-	  /* Should be big enough for any format specifier except %s
-             and floats.  */
-	  total_width += 30;
-	  switch (*p)
-	    {
-	    case 'd':
-	    case 'i':
-	    case 'o':
-	    case 'u':
-	    case 'x':
-	    case 'X':
-	    case 'c':
-	      (void) va_arg (ap, int);
-	      break;
-	    case 'f':
-	    case 'e':
-	    case 'E':
-	    case 'g':
-	    case 'G':
-	      (void) va_arg (ap, double);
-	      /* Since an ieee double can have an exponent of 307, we'll
-		 make the buffer wide enough to cover the gross case. */
-	      total_width += 307;
-	      break;
-	    case 's':
-	      total_width += strlen (va_arg (ap, char *));
-	      break;
-	    case 'p':
-	    case 'n':
-	      (void) va_arg (ap, char *);
-	      break;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-#ifdef TEST
-  global_total_width = total_width;
-#endif
-  *result = malloc (total_width);
-  if (*result != NULL)
-    return vsprintf (*result, format, *args);
-  else
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int
-vasprintf (result, format, args)
-     char **result;
-     const char *format;
-     va_list args;
-{
-  return int_vasprintf (result, format, &args);
-}
-
-int
-asprintf
-#if __STDC__
-     (char **result, const char *format, ...)
-#else
-     (result, va_alist)
-     char **result;
-     va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-  va_list args;
-  int done;
-
-#if __STDC__
-  va_start (args, format);
-#else
-  char *format;
-  va_start (args);
-  format = va_arg (args, char *);
-#endif
-  done = vasprintf (result, format, args);
-  va_end (args);
-
-  return done;
-} 
-
-#ifdef TEST
-void
-checkit
-#if __STDC__
-     (const char* format, ...)
-#else
-     (va_alist)
-     va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-  va_list args;
-  char *result;
-
-#if __STDC__
-  va_start (args, format);
-#else
-  char *format;
-  va_start (args);
-  format = va_arg (args, char *);
-#endif
-  vasprintf (&result, format, args);
-  if (strlen (result) < global_total_width)
-    printf ("PASS: ");
-  else
-    printf ("FAIL: ");
-  printf ("%d %s\n", global_total_width, result);
-}
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-  checkit ("%d", 0x12345678);
-  checkit ("%200d", 5);
-  checkit ("%.300d", 6);
-  checkit ("%100.150d", 7);
-  checkit ("%s", "jjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiiiiiiiioooooooooooooooooppppppppppppaa\n\
-777777777777777777333333333333366666666666622222222222777777777777733333");
-  checkit ("%f%s%d%s", 1.0, "foo", 77, "asdjffffffffffffffiiiiiiiiiiixxxxx");
-}
-#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/support/vsnprintf.c b/support/vsnprintf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a2dfb4ed..00000000
--- a/support/vsnprintf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Revision 12: http://theos.com/~deraadt/snprintf.c
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1997 Theo de Raadt
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
- * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
- * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
- * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/mman.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if __STDC__
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-#include <varargs.h>
-#endif
-#include <setjmp.h>
-
-#ifndef roundup
-#define roundup(x, y) ((((x)+((y)-1))/(y))*(y))
-#endif
-
-static int pgsize;
-static char *curobj;
-static int caught;
-static sigjmp_buf bail;
-
-#define EXTRABYTES	2	/* XXX: why 2? you don't want to know */
-
-static char *
-msetup(str, n)
-	char *str;
-	size_t n;
-{
-	char *e;
-
-	if (n == 0)
-		return NULL;
-	if (pgsize == 0)
-		pgsize = getpagesize();
-	curobj = (char *)malloc(n + EXTRABYTES + pgsize * 2);
-	if (curobj == NULL)
-		return NULL;
-	e = curobj + n + EXTRABYTES;
-	e = (char *)roundup((unsigned long)e, pgsize);
-	if (mprotect(e, pgsize, PROT_NONE) == -1) {
-		free(curobj);
-		curobj = NULL;
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	e = e - n - EXTRABYTES;
-	*e = '\0';
-	return (e);
-}
-
-static void
-mcatch()
-{
-	siglongjmp(bail, 1);
-}
-
-static void
-mcleanup(str, n, p)
-	char *str;
-	size_t n;
-	char *p;
-{
-	strncpy(str, p, n-1);
-	str[n-1] = '\0';
-	if (mprotect((caddr_t)(p + n + EXTRABYTES), pgsize,
-	    PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE|PROT_EXEC) == -1)
-		mprotect((caddr_t)(p + n + EXTRABYTES), pgsize,
-		    PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE);
-	free(curobj);
-}
-
-int
-#if __STDC__
-vsnprintf(char *str, size_t n, char const *fmt, va_list ap)
-#else
-vsnprintf(str, n, fmt, ap)
-	char *str;
-	size_t n;
-	char *fmt;
-	char *ap;
-#endif
-{
-	struct sigaction osa, nsa;
-	char *p;
-	int ret = n + 1;	/* if we bail, indicated we overflowed */
-
-	memset(&nsa, 0, sizeof nsa);
-	nsa.sa_handler = mcatch;
-	sigemptyset(&nsa.sa_mask);
-
-	p = msetup(str, n);
-	if (p == NULL) {
-		*str = '\0';
-		return 0;
-	}
-	if (sigsetjmp(bail, 1) == 0) {
-		if (sigaction(SIGSEGV, &nsa, &osa) == -1) {
-			mcleanup(str, n, p);
-			return (0);
-		}
-		ret = vsprintf(p, fmt, ap);
-	}
-	mcleanup(str, n, p);
-	(void) sigaction(SIGSEGV, &osa, NULL);
-	return (ret);
-}
-
-int
-#if __STDC__
-snprintf(char *str, size_t n, char const *fmt, ...)
-#else
-snprintf(str, n, fmt, va_alist)
-	char *str;
-	size_t n;
-	char *fmt;
-	va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-	va_list ap;
-#if __STDC__
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-#else
-	va_start(ap);
-#endif
-
-	return (vsnprintf(str, n, fmt, ap));
-	va_end(ap);
-}
-
-
-